Claude Goulet/2003© l Mise à jour + Comment citer ce lexique l Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy ! Auteurs
a b c d e f g h i j k l m Revues
n o p q r s t u v w x y z Ang/Fra
Ma Hing Keung ( ) : Spécialiste d'origine chinoise de l'éducation, notamment du développement moral.
MA, H.K. (1989). Moral orientation and moral judgment in adolescents : Hong Kong, Mainland China, and England. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 20, 152-177.
MA, H.K. (2003). The relation of moral orientation and moral judgment to prosocial and antisocial behavior of Chinese adolescents. International Journal of Psychology, 38, 101-111.
MA, H.K., CHEUNG, P.C. & SHEK, D.T.L. (2007). The relation of prosocial orientation to peer interactions, family social environment and personality of Chinese adolescents. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 31 (1), 12-18.
MA, H.K. (2009). Moral development and moral education : an integrated approach. Educational Research Journal, 24 (2), 293-326.
MA, H.K., LI, S.C. & POW, J.W.C. (2011). The relation of Internet use to prosocial and antisocial behaviour in Chinese adolescents. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 14 (3), 123-130.
Macaque (Macaca mulatta, Macaca arctoides, Macaca fuscata, Macaca nigra, Macaca nemestrina) : Singe. ( ): macaque japonais, macaque rhésus, macaque, bonnet. Macaque.
WARDEN, C.J. & JACKSON, T.A. (1935). Imitative behavior in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 46, 103-125.  SILK, J.B. (1999). Why are infants so attractive to others ? The form and function of infant handling in bonnet macaques. Animal Behaviour, 57, 1021-1032. [PDF]
WARDEN, C.J., FJELD, H.A. & KOCH, A.M. (1940). Imitative behavior in the cebus and rhesus monkeys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 56, 311-322. SAKURAI, Y. (1999). Behavioral analysis of delayed matching to samples of stimulus duration by rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience Research, 23 (S), 255.
WARDEN, C.J., KOCH, A.M. & FJELD, H.A. (1940). Instrumentation in Cebus and Rhesus monkeys. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of Genetic Psychology, 56 (2), 2987-310.  SILK, J.B. (1999). Male bonnet macaques use information about third-party rank relationships to recruit allie. Animal Behaviour, 58, 45-51. [PDF]
WEINSTEIN, B. (1941). Matching-from-sample by rhesus monkeys and by children. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 31, 195-213. SUOMI, S.J. (1999). Attachment in rhesus monkeys. In J. Cassidy & P.R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment : Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 181-197). New York : Guildford.
DARBY, C.L. & RIOPELLE, A.J. (1959). Observational learning in the rhesus monkey. Journal of Comparative Physiological Psychology, 54, 94-98. CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (1999). Reconciliation patterns among stumptail macaques : A multivariate approach. Animal Behaviour, 58, 165-172.
WIESEL, T.N. & HUBEL, D.H. (1966). Spatial and chromatic interactions in the lateral geniculate body of the rhesus monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 29, 1115-1156. BACHEVALIER, J., BEAUREGARD, M. & ALVARADO, M.C. (1999). Long-term effects of neonatal damage to the hippocampal formation and amygdaloid complex on object discrimination and object recognition in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Behavioral Neuroscience, 113, 1127-1151.
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1967). A field study of the pigtail monkey (Macaca nemestrina). Primates, 8, 217-228. BRANNON, E.M. & TERRACE, H.S. (2000). Representation of the numerosities 1-9 by rhesus monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25, 31-49.
STEPHENSON, G.R. (1967). Cultural acquisition of a specific learned response among rhesus monkeys. In D. Starek, R. Schneider & H.J. Kuhn. (Eds.), Progress in primatology (pp. 279-288). Stuttgart : Fischer. WRIGHT, A.A., RIVERA, J.J., HULSE, S.H., SHYAN, M. & EIWORTH, J. (2000). Music perception and octave generalization in rhesus monkeys. Journal Experimental Psychology General, 129, 291-307.
MEDIN, D.L. & DAVIS, R.T. (1967). Color discrimination by rhesus monkeys. Psychonomic Science, 7, 33-34. SANTOS, L.R., HAUSER, M.D. & SPELKE, E.S. (2001). Recognition and categorization of biologically significant objects by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) : The domain of food. Cognition, 82, 127-155.
THOMPSON, N.S. (1967). Some variables affecting the behavior of irus macaques in dyadic encounters. Animal Behavior, 15, 307-311. MUNAKATA, Y., SANTOS, L.R., SPELKE, E.S., HAUSER, M.D. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2001). Visual representation in the wild : How rhesus monkeys parse objects. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 13 (1), 44-58. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1969). Introductory techniques in the formation of pigtail monkey troops. Folia Primatologica, 10, 1-19.  
SNAPPER, A.G., POMERLEAU, O.F. & SCHOENFELD, W.N. (1969). Similarity of cardiac CR forms in the rhesus monkey during several experimental procedures. Conditional Reflex, 4, 212-220.  
BUTTER C.M., SNYDER, D.R. & McDONALD, J.A. (1970). Effects of orbitalfrontal lesions on aversive and aggressive behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 72, 132-144. SAKURAI, Y. (2001). Working memory for temporal and nontemporal events in monkeys. Learning & Memory, 8, 309-316. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & LEWIS, J.K. (1970). Effect of bilateral frontal lobectomy on social preferences of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 70, 448-453. BELISLE, P. & CHAPAIS, B. (2001). Tolerated co-feeding in relation to degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 138 (4), 487-509.
SUOMI, S.J., SACKETT, J.P. & HARLOW, H.F. (1970). Development of sex preferences in rhesus monkeys. Developmental Psychology, 3, 326-336. CHAPAIS, B., SAVARD, L. & GAUTHIER, C. (2001). Kin selection and the distribution of altruism in relation to degree of kinship in Japanese macaques. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 49, 493–502.
SUOMI, S.J., HARLOW, H.F. & KIMBALL, S.D. (1971). Behavioral effects of prolonged partial social isolation in the rhesus monkey. Psychology Reports, 29, 1171-1177. TANAKA, H.K., ONOE, H., TSUKADA, H. & FUJITA, I. (2001). Attentional modulation of neural activity in the macaque inferior temporal cortex during global and local processing. Neuroscience Research, 39, 469-472.
GOLDBERG, S.R., HOFFMEISTER, F., SCHLICHTING, U.U. &a WUTTKE, W.A. (1971). comparison of pentobarbital and cocaine self-administration in rhesus monkeys : Effects of dose and fixed-ratio parameter. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 179, 277-283. SANTOS, L.R. SULKOWSKI, G.M., SPAEPEN, G.M. & HAUSER, M.D. (2002). Object individuation using property/kind information in rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta). Cognition, 83, 241-264. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1971). Effects of differential removal from group on social development of rhesus monkeys. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 16, 149-164. ALVARADO, M.C., WRIGHT, A.A. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2002). Object and spatial relational memory in adult rhesus monkeys is impaired by neonatal lesions of the hippocampal formation but not the amygdaloid complex. Hippocampus, 12, 421-433. [PDF]
BERNSTEIN, I. (1972). Daily activity cycles and weather influences on a pigtail monkey group. Folia Primatologica, 18, 390-415. ALVARADO, M.C., WRIGHT, A.A. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2002). Object and spatial relational memory in adult rhesus monkeys is impaired by neonatal lesions of the hippocampal formation but not the amygdaloid complex. Hippocampus, 12, 421-433. [PDF]
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J., KLIESE, K.A. & MORAN, E.C. (1973). Can psychopathology be reinduced in rhesus monkeys ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 29, 630-634. CALL, J., AURELI, F. & DE WAAL, F.B.M. (2002). Postconflict third-party affiliation in stumptailed macaques. Animal Behaviour, 63, 209-216. [PDF]
DOWNS, D.A. & WOODS, J.H. (1974). Codeine-and cocaine-reinforced responding in rhesus monkeys : effects of dose on response rates under a fixed-ratio schedule. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 191, 179-188.  
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1974). Birth of two second generation hybrid macaques. Journal of Human Evolution, 3, 205-206.  
ROSE, R., BERNSTEIN, I.S. & GORDON, T. (1975). Consequences of social conflict on plasma testosterone levels in rhesus monkeys. Psychosomatic Medicine, 37, 50-61. TAFFE, M.A. DAVIS, S.A., GUTIERREZ, T. & GOLD, L.H. (2002). Ketamine impairs multiple cognitive domains in rhesus monkeys. Drug Alcohol Depend, 68, 175-187.
GOLDBERG, S.R. & KELLEHER, R.T. (1976). Behavior controlled by scheduled injections of cocaine in squirrel and rhesus monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 93-104. [PDF]  
JOHANSON, C.E. (1977). The effects of electric shock on responding maintained by cocaine injections in a choice procedure in the rhesus monkey. Psychopharmacology, 53 (3), 277-282. BENDER, D.B. & YOUAKIM, M. (2001). Effect of attentive fixation in macaque thalamus and cortex. Journal of Neurophysiology, 85 (1), 219 234. [PDF]
STEVENSON-HINDE, J. & ZUNZ, M. (1978). Subjective assessment of individual rhesus monkeys. Primates, 19, 473-482.  
AIGNER, T.G. & BALSTER, R.L. (1978). Choice behavior in rhesus monkeys : Cocaine versus food. Science, 201, 534-535. WAITT, C., LITTLE, A.C., WOLFENSOHN, S., HONESS, P., BROWN, A.P., BUCHANAN-SMITH, H.M. & PERRETT, D.I. (2003). Evidence from rhesus macaques suggests that male coloration plays a role in female primate mate choice. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London Series B-Biological Sciences 270 (S), 144-146.
 SILK, J.B. (1980). Kidnapping and female competition among captive bonnet macaques. Primates, 21, 100-110. TERRACE, H.S., SON, L.K. & BRANNON, E. (2003). Serial expertise of rhesus macaques. Psychological Science, 14 (1), 66-73. [PDF]
STEVENSON-HINDE, J., STILLWELL-BARNES, R. & ZUNZ, M. (1980). Individual differences in young rhesus monkeys : Consistency and change. Primates, 21, 498-509.  
BERNSTEIN, I.S & GORDON, T.P. (1980). The social component of dominance relationships in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Animal Behaviour, 28, 1033-1039.  
 SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981). Hierarchical organization of female Macaca radiata. Primates, 22, 84-95.  
 SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981). The influence of kinship, rank, and sex upon affiliation and aggression among adult females and immature bonnet macaques (Macaca radiata). Behaviour, 78, 112-137. SUOMI, S.J. (2004). How gene-environment interactions shape biobehavioral development : Lessons from studies with rhesus monkeys. Research in Human Development, 1, 205-222.
JOHANSON, C.E. & AIGNER, T. (1981). Comparison of the reinforcing properties of cocaine and procaine in rhesus monkeys. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 15, 49-53. SUBIAUL, F., CANTLON, J., HOLLOWAY, R. & TERRACE, H.S. (2004). Cognitive imitation in rhesus macaques. Science, 305, 407-410. [PDF]
SIDMAN, M., RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY, W. & CARRIGNAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in the conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys, baboons, and children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (1), 23-44. [PDF] FLOMBAUM, J.I. & ANTOS, L.R. (2005). Rhesus monkeys attribute perceptions to others. Current Biology, 15, 447-452. [PDF]
 SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1982). Altruism among adult female bonnet macaques : explanation and analysis of patterns of grooming and coalition formation. Behaviour, 79, 162-187. SUOMI, S.J. (2005). Genetic and environmental factors influencing the expression of impulsive aggression and serotonergic functioning in rhesus monkeys. In R.E. Tremblay, W.W. Hartup & J. Archer (Eds.), Developmental origins of aggression (pp. 63-82). New York : Guilford.
FEGIDAN, L.M., GOUZOULES, H. & GOUZOULES, S. (1983). Population dynamics of Arashiyama west Japanese macaques. International Journal of Primatology, 4. 307-321. NEGUS, S.S. (2005). Effects of punishment on choice between cocaine and food in rhesus monkeys. Psychopharmacology, 181, 244-252.
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Reproductive activity in relation to male dominance and the likelihood of ovulation in rhesus monkeys. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 12, 215-228. MAESTRIPIERI, D., LINDELL, S.G., AYALA, A., GOLD, P.W. & HIGLEY, J.D. (2005). Neurobiological characteristics of rhesus macaque abusive mothers and their relation to social and maternal behavior. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 29, 51-57.
DE LA GARZA, R. & JOHANSON, C.E. (1983).The discriminative stimulus properties of cocaine in the rhesus monkey. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 19, 145-148. SANTOS, L.R., NISSEN, A.G. & FERRUGIA, J. (2006). Rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) know what others can and cannot hear. Animal Behaviour, 71 (5), 1175-1181. [PDF]
SIDMAN, M., RAUZIN, R., LAZAR, R., CUNNINGHAM, S., TAILBY, W. & CARRIGAN, P. (1982). A search for symmetry in the conditional discriminations of rhesus monkeys, baboons, and children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 37 (1), 23-44. [PDF]  
WOODS, J.H, YOUNG, A.M. & HERLING, S. (1982). Classification of narcotics on the basis of their reinforcing, discriminative, and antagonist effects in rhesus monkeys. Federation Proceedings, 41, 221-227. ROMA, P.G., RIGGIERO, A.M., SCHAWANDT, M.L., HIGLEY, J.D. & SUOMI, S.J. (2006). The kids are alright : Maternal behavioral interactions and stress reactivity in infants of differentially reared rhesus monkeys. Journal of Developmental Processes, 1 (1), 103-122. [PDF]
CHAPAIS, B. (1983). Mate selection among the Cayo Santiago rhesus monkeys. American Journal of Primatology, 4, 328. SUOMI, S.J. (2006). Risk, resilience, and gene X environment interactions in rhesus monkeys. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1094, 52-62. [PDF]
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & JOHANSEN, C.E. (1984). Preference in rhesus monkeys given a choice between cocaine and d,1- cathinone. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 41 (1), 35-43. [PDF] NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2006). Observations of meat eating by captive juvenile macaques. Laboratory Primate Newsletter, 45 (1), 1-4.
MURRAY, R.D., BOUR, E.S. & SMITH, E.O. (1985). Female menstrual cyclicity and sexual behavior in stumptail macaques (Macaca arctoides). International Journal of Primatology, 6, 101-113. RAOS, V., UMILTÀ, M.A., FO, GASSI, L. & GALLESE, V. (2006). Functional properties of grasping-related neurons in the ventral premotor area F5 of the macaque monkey. Journal of Neurophysiology, 95, 709-729. [PDF]
YOSHIKUBO, S. (1985). Species discrimination and con- cept formation by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Primates, 26, 285-299. WOOLVERTON, W.L., MYERSON, J. & GREEN, L. (2007). Delay discounting of cocaine by rhesus monkeys. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15, 238-244. [PDF]
MICHAEL, R.P., BONSALL, R.D. & ZUMPE, D. (1984). The behavioral thresholds of testosterone in castrated male rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Hormones & Behavior, 18 (2), 161-176.  
FUJITA, K. (1987). Species recognition by five macaque monkeys. Primates, 28, 353-366. LECA, J.B., GUNST, N., WATANABE, K. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). A new case of fish-eating in Japanese macaques : Implications for social constraints on the diffusion of feeding innovation. American Journal of Primatology, 69, 821-828. [PDF]
ESTRADA, A., SANDOVAL, J.M. & ESTRADA, R. (1987). Further data on predation by free ranging stumptail macaques (Macaca arctoides). Primates, 19, 401-407.  
DE WAAL, F.B.M. & REN, R. (1988). Comparison of the reconciliation behavior of stumptail and rhesus macaques. Ethology, 78, 129-142.  
RIZZOLATTI G., CAMARDA, R., FOGASSI, L., GENTILLUCCI, M., LUPPINO, G. & MATELLI, M.L. (1988). Functional organization of inferior area 6 in the Macaque monkey. II. Area F5 and the control of distal movements. Experimental Brain Research, 71, 491-507. NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Acquisition and development of stone handling behavior in infant Japanese macaques. Behaviour, 144, 1193-1215.
GOUZOULES, H., GOUZOULES, S. & FEDIGAN, L. (1989). Japanese monkey group translocation : Effects on seasonal breeding. International Journal of Primatology, 2 (4), 323-334. [PDF] LECA, J.B., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2007). Japanese macaque cultures : Inter- and intra-troop behavioural variability of stone handling patterns across 10 troops. Behaviour, 144, 251-281. [PDF]
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1989). Observational conditioning of fear to fear-relevant versus fear-irrelevant stimuli in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98 (4), 448-459. [PDF] FUGARE, J.M.B., GOUZOULES, H. & NYGAARD, L.C. (2008). Recognition of rhesus macaque (Macaca mulatta) noisy screams: evidence from conspecifics and human listeners. American Journal of Primatology, 70, 1-11.
BACHEVALIER, J., BRICKSON, M., HAGGER, C. & MISHKIN, M. (1990). Age and sex differences in the effects of selective temporal lobe lesion on the formation of visual discrimination habits in rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Behavioral Neuroscience, 104, 885-899. LECA, J.B., NAHALLAGE, C.A.D., GUNST, N. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2008). Stone-throwing by Japanese macaques : form and functional aspects of a group-specific behavioral tradition. Journal of Human Evolution, 55, 989-998. [PDF]
CORRADINO, C. (1990). Proximity structure in a captive colony of Japanese monkeys Macaca fuscata : an application of multidimensional scaling. Primates, 31 (3), 351-362. NELSON, E.L., BERTHIER, N.E., METEVIER, C.M. & NOVAK, M.A. (2011). Evidence for motor planning in monkeys : Rhesus macaques select efficient grips when transporting spoons. Developmental Science, 14, 822-831. [PDF]
COOK, M. & MINEKA, S. (1990). Selective associations in the observational conditioning of fear in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 16 (4), 372-389. LECA, J-B. (2011). Approche intégrée des comportements culturels : Le cas de la manipulation de pierres chez le macaque japonais (macaca fuscata). Techniques & Culture, 57, 3-23. [PDF]
HABER, S.N., LYND, E., KLEIN, C. & GRONEWEGEN, H.J. (1990). Topographic organization of the ventral striatal efferent projections in the rhesus monkey : an anterograde tracing study. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 293 (2), 282-298.  
TROISI, A., AURELI, F. & SCHINO, G. (1990). The influence of age, sex, rank on yawning behavior in two species of macaques. Ethology, 86, 303-313. WEISS, A., ADAMS, M.J., WIDDIG, A. & GERALD, M.S. (2011). Rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta) as living fossils of hominoid personality and subjective well-being. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 125, 72-83.
POVINELLI D.J., PARKS, K.A. & NOVAK, M.A. (1991). Do rhesus monkeys attribute knowledge and ignorance to others ? Journal of Comparative Psychology, 105, 318-325. TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinol attenuates MDMA-induced hyperthermia in rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience, 201, 125-133.
SUOMI, S.J. (1991). Early stress and adult emotional reactivity in rhesus monkeys. Ciba Foundation Symposium, 156, 171-189. DUBUC, C., HUGHES, K.D., CASCIO, J. & SANTOS, L.R. (2012). Social tolerance in a despotic primate : co-feeding between consortship partners in rhesus macaques. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 148 (1), 7-80. [PDF]
SWARTZ K.B., HEN, S.F. & TERRACE, H.S. (1991). Serial learning by rhesus monkeys : I. Acquisition and retention of multiple four-item lists. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 17 (4), 396-410 [PDF] NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & HUFFMAN, M.A. (2012). Stone handling behavior in rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta), a behavioral propensity for solitary object play shared with Japanese macaques. Primates, 53, 71-78. [PDF]
HIGLEY, J.D., SUOMI, S.J. & LINNOILA, M. (1992). A longitudinal assessment of CSF monoamine metabolite and plasma cortisol concentrations in young rhesus monkeys. Biological Psychiatry, 32, 127-145.  
HUFFMAN, M.A. (1992). Influences of female partner preference on possible reproductive outcome in Japanese macaques. Folia Primatologica, 59, 77-88.  
HAUSER, M.D. (1993). Food-associated calls in rhesus macaques (macaca-mulatta) : Socioecological factors. Behavioral Ecology, 4, 194.  
BUTOVSKAYA, M. (1993). Kinship and different dominance styles in groups of three species of the genus Macaca (M. arctoides, M. mulatta, M. fascicularis). Folia Primatologica, 60, 210-224.  
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948.  
PETIT, O., ABEGG, C. & THIERRY, B. (1990). Reconciliation in a group of black macaques (Macaca nigra). Dodo : Journal of the Wildlife Preservation Trusts, 30, 89-95. PARRISH, A.E., PERDUE, P.M., EVANS, T.A. & BERAN, M.J. (2013). Chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) transfer tokens repeatedly with a partner to accumulate rewards in a self-control task. Animal Cognition, 16, 627-636. [PDF]
PRUD'HOMME, J. & CHAPAIS, B. (1996). Development of intervention behavior in Japanese macaques : Testing the targeting hypothesis. Revue International Journal of Primatology, 7 (3), 429-443. SMITH, J.D., COUTINHO, M.V.C., CHURCH, B. & BERAN, M.J. (2013). Executive-attentional uncertainty responses by rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta). Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 142, 458-475. [PDF]
WESTERGAARD, G.C & SUOMI, S.J. (1996). Hand preference for a bimanual task in tufted capuchins (Cebus apella) and rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110, 406-411. SMITH, J.D., FLEMMING, T.M., BOOMER, J., BERAN, M.J. & CHURCH, B.A. (2013). Fading perceptual resemblance : A path for rhesus macaques (Macaca mulatta) to conceptual matching ? Cognition, 129 (3), 598-614. [PDF]
SUOMI, S.J. NOVAK, M.A. & WELL, A. (1996). Aging in rhesus monkeys : Different windows on behavioral continuity and change. Developmental Psychology, 32, 1116-1128.  
PETIT, O., ABEGG, C. & THIERRY, B. (1997). A comparative study of aggression and conciliation in three cercopithecine monkeys (Macaca fuscata, Macaca nigra, Papio papio). Behaviour, 134 (5), 415-432.  
CHAPAIS, B., GAUTHIER, C., PRUD'HOMME, J. & VASEY, P. (1997). Relatedness threshold for nepotism in Japanese macaques. Animal Behaviour, 53 (5), 1089-1100. AGRILLO, C., PARRISH, A.E. & BERAN, M.J. (2014). Do rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) perceive the Zöllner illusion ? Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 21, 986-994.
SHANNON, C., CHAMPOUX, M. & SUOMI, S.J. (1998). Rearing condition and plasma cortisol in rhesus monkey infants. American Journal of Primatology, 46, 311-321. EVANS, T.A., PERDUE, B.M., PARRISH, E.A. & BERAN, M.J. (2014). Working and waiting for better rewards : Self-control in two monkey species (Cebus apella and Macaca mulatta). Behavioural Processes, 103, 236-242. [PDF]
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. PARRISH, A.E., BROSNAN, S.F. & BERAN, M.J. (2015). Do you see what I see ? A comparative investigation of the Delboeuf illusion in humans (Homo sapiens), Rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta), and capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Learning & Cognition, 41 (4), 395-405. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Animal et Singe
McCarthur MacDougal Machiavel Maclean
MacCallum MaCduff MacKinnon Macleod
Maccoby Mach MacKintosh MacRae
MacCorquodale Voir aussi Mc
MacArthur Charles A. ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation spécialisée. Il s'intéresse à la llitéracie et à l'enseignement de l'écriture et de l'histoire. Collaborateur de Okolo et Ferretti.
MacARTHUR, C.A. & SHNEIDERMAN, B. (1986). Learning disabled students' difficulties in learning to use a word processor : Implications for instruction and software evaluation. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 19, 248-253.
MacARTHUR, C.A. & SCHWARTZ, S.S. (1990). An integrated approach to writing instruction : The computers and writing instruction project. LD Forum, 16 (1), 35-41.
MacARTHUR, C.A., FERRETTI, R.P. & OKOLO, C.M. (2002). On defending controversial viewpoints : Debates of sixth-graders about the desirability of early 20th century American immigration. Learning Disabilities Research & Practice, 17, 160-172.
MacARTHUR, C.A. KONOLD, T., GLUTTING, J. & ALAMPRESE, J. (2010). Reading component skills of learners in adult basic education. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 43, 108-121.
MacARTHUR, C.A. PHILLIPAKOS, Z.A. & IANETTA, M. (2015). Self-regulated strategy instruction in college developmental writing. Journal of Educational Psychology, 107, 855-867.
MacCallum Robert Charles ( ) : Psychologue, statisticien et méthodologiste américain.
 MacCALLUM, R.C. & TUCKER, L.R. (1991). Representing sources of error in the common factor model : Implications for theory and practice. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 502-511.
 MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & SUGARAWA, H.M. (1996). Power analysis and determination of sample size for covariance structure modeling. Psychological Methods, 1 (2), 130-149. [PDF]
 MacCALLUM, R.C. & HONG, S. (1997). Power analysis in covariance structure modeling using GFI and AGFI. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 32, 193-210.
 MacCALLUM, R.C., WIDAMAN, K.F., ZHANG, S. & HONG, S. (1999). Sample size in factor analysis. Psychological Methods, 4 (1), 84-99. [PDF]
 MacCALLUM, R.S., ZHANG, S., PREACHER, K.J. & RUCKER, D.D. (2002). On the practice of dichotomization of quantitative variables. Psychological Methods, 7 (1), 19-40. [PDF]
Maccoby Eleanor Emmons (Tacoma 1917-) : Psychologue américaine. Elle a étudié le développement des enfants et plus précisément les différences sexuelles et l'apprentissage des rôles sexuels. Professeur de Rothbart. Collaboratrice de Church, Collins, Gelman et Jacklin.

No 70
MACCOBY, E.E. JOHNSON, J.P. & CHURCH, R.M. (1958). Community integration and the social control of juvenile delinquency. Journal of Social Issues, 14, 38-51.
MACCOBY, E.E. & JACKLIN, C.N. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Stanford : Stanford University Press.
MACCOBY, E.E. (1988/90). Gender as a social category / Le sexe, catégorie sociale. Developmental Psychology, 24 (6), 755-765/Actes de la Recherche en Sciences Sociales, 83, 16-26. [PDF]
MACCOBY, E.E. (1990). Gender and relationships : A developmental account. American Psychologist, 45, 513-520.
MACCOBY, E.E. (1991). Gender and relationships : A reprise. American Psychologist, 46 (5), 538-539. [PDF]
MacCorquodale Kenneth B. (Olivia 1919-1986 Coronado) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste avant la lettre et méthodologiste américain. Il s'est intéressé notamment à la mesure et à la validité des concepts en psychologie. On lui doit (Avec Meehl) la distinction entre variable intermédiaire et construit hypothétique. Étudiant de Heron. Professeur de Winokur. Collaborateur de Meehl.

MacCorquodale (à gauche) et Meehl (à droite)
MacCORQUODALE, K. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948). On a distinction between hypothetical constructs and intervening variables. Psychological Review, 55, 95-107. [PDF]
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). On the elimination of cul entries without obvious reinforcement. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 44, 367-371.
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. & MEEHL, P.E. (1953). Preliminary suggestions as to a formalization of expectancy theory. Psychological Review, 60, 55-63.
MacCORQUODALE, K.B. (1969). Skinner's Verbal Behavior : a retrospective appreciation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (5), 831-841. [PDF]
MacQUORDALE, K. (1970). A reply to Chomsky's review of Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (1), 83-99. [PDF]
THOMPSON, T. (1987). Obituary : Kenneth MacCorquodale (1919-1986). American Psychologist, 42 (6), 601.
MacDougal Duncan (1866-1920) : Médecin américain, célèbre pour ses expériences visant à mesurer le poids de l'esprit (21 grammes). Il a obtenu ce résultat en pesant six patients juste avant et après leur mort.
MacDOUGAL, D. (1907). The soul : Hypothesis concerning soul substance together with experimental evidence of the existence of such substance. American Medicine, April. [LIRE]
MacDOUGAL, D. (1907). Soul has weight, physician thinks. The New York Times, 11 March, 5.
MacDuff Gregory S. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage chez les autistes. Collaborateur de McClannahan et Krantz.
MacDUFF, G.S. (1982). Burnout. Teaching-Family Newsletter, 8, 10-11
MacDUFF, G.S. (1987). Hands-on training : A key issue in program quality. Spectrum, 1, 3, 8.
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J., MacDUFF, M.A. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1988). Providing incidental teaching for autistic children : A rapid training procedure for therapists. Education & Treatment of Children, 11 (3), 205-217.
MacDUFF, G.S., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (1993). Teaching children with autism to use photographic activity schedules : maintenance and generalization of complex response chains. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 89-97. [PDF]
MacDUFF, G.S., LEDO, R., KRANTZ, P.J. & McCLANNAHAN, L.E. (2007). Using script and script-fading procedures to promote bids for joint attention by young children with autism. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 1, 281-290.
Cecil Alec Mace F. Charles Mace
Mace Cecil Alec (1894-1971) : Philosophe anglais et psychologue organisationel avant la lettre. Il est l'un des premiers chercheurs à s'être intéressé à l'effet d'espacement des apprentissages. On lui doit l'hypothèse selon laquelle le salaire n'est pas le principal facteur de motivation du travail. Collaborateur de Vernon.
MACE, C.A. (1932). The psychology of study. London : Methuen & Co. Ltd.
MACE, C.A. (1933). The principles of logic. An introductory survey. Longmans : Green and Co.
MACE, C.A. (1937). Supernormal faculty and the structure of the mind. London : Society for Psychical Research
MACE, C.A. & VERNON, P.A. (1953). Current trends in British Psychology. London : Methuen.
MACE, C.A. (1954). The psychological approach to scientific management - can this be applied in the home ?
Mace F. Charles ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'automutilation. Il s'est également intéressé au momentum et à la loi d'appariement. = Bud Mace. Collaborateur de Critchfield, Lalli, Neef et Nevin.
MACE, F.C. & KNIGHT, D. (1986). Functional analysis and treatment of severe pica. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 19 (4), 411-416. [PDF]
MACE, F.C. & BELFIORE, P. (1990). Behavioral momentum in the treatment of escape-motivated stereotypy. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 23 (4), 507-514. [PDF]
MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre speech. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 24 (3), 553-562. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., NEEF, N.A., SHADE, D. & MAURO, B.C. (1994). Limited matching on concurrent-schedule reinforcement of academic behavior. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27 (4), 585-596. [PDF]
MACE, F.C., PRATT, J.L., PRAGER, K.L. & PRITCHARD, D. (2011). An evaluation of three methods of saying "no" to avoid an escalating response class hierarchy. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 44 (1), 83-94. [PDF]
Mach Ernst (Chirlitz-Turas République Tchèque 1838-1916 Haar Allemagne) : Philosophe, physicien et mathématicien autrichien. Il a formulé le principe méthodologique d'économie.
MACH, E. (1883/1960). The science of mechanics : A critical and historical account of its development. Lasalle, IL : Open Court.
MACH, E. (1996). L'analyse des sensations. Le rapport du physique au psychique. Nîmes : Jacqueline Chambon.
MARR, M.J. (1985). 'Tis the gift to be simple : A retrospective appreciation of Mach's The Science of Mechanics. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 44 (1), 129-138. [PDF]
SHULL, R.L. (1993). Boring's Mach and state variables. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 60 (2), 485-487. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2003). The what, the how, and the why : the explanation of Ernst Mach. Behavior & Philosophy, 31, 181-192. [PDF]
MOXLEY, R.A. (2005). Ernst Mach and B.F. Skinner : Their similarities with two traditions for verbal behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 28, 29-48. [PDF]
Machado Armando ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste d'origine brésilienne. Collaborateur de Lourenço.
MACHADO, A. (1989). Operant conditioning of behavioral variability using a percentile reinforcement schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (2), 155-166. [PDF]
MACHADO, A. (1997). Learning the temporal dynamics of behavior. Psychological Review, 104 (2), 241-265. [PDF]
MACHADO, A. & SILVA, F.J. (1998). Greatness and misery in the teaching of the psychology of learning. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 70, 215-234. [PDF]
MACHADO, A., LOURENÇO, O. & SILVA, F J. (2000). Facts, concepts, and theories : The shape of psychology’s epistemic triangle. Behavior & Philosophy, 28, 1-40. [PDF]
MACHADO, A., MALHEIRO, M.T. & ERLHAGEN, W. (2009). Learning to time : A perspective. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 92 (3), 423-458. [PDF]
Machiavel Nicolas (1469-1527) : Philosophe et politologue avant la lettre. Il s'intéresse notamment aux straégies qui permettent de prendre le pouvoir et s'y maintenir. En ce sens, le concept de machiavélisme, tel qu'utilisé de nos jours, ne rend pas justice à ses travaux.
MACHIAVEL, N. (1571/2003). Le Prince. Paris : Mille et une nuits.
PROLONGEAU, H. (2010). Machiavel. Paris : Gallimard.
Machiavelisme/Machaviel : Capacité de manipuler autrui, souvent à des fins personnelles ou pour des motifs qui semblent moralement discutables, voire inacceptables. Machiavélisme, pouvoir et influence sociale. = fin renard. Machiavellianism.
MACHIAVEL, N. (1571/2003). Le Prince. Paris : Mille et une nuits. McHOSKEY, J.W. (1995). Narcissism and machiavellianism. Psychological Reports, 77, 755-759.
SINGER, J.E. (1964). The use of manipulative strategies : Machiavellianism and attractiveness. Sociometry, 27, 128-150. MOORE, S. & KATZ, B. (1995). Machiavellianism scores of nursing faculty and students. Psychological Reports, 77, 383-386.
CHRISTIE, R. & GEIS, F.L. (1970). Studies in Machiavellianism. New York : Academic Press. SIU, W.S. & TAM, K.C. (1995). Machiavellianism and Chinese banking executives in Hong Kong. International Journal of Bank Marketing, 13, 15-21.
EXLINE, R., THIBAUT, J., HICKEY, C. & GUMPERT, P. (1970). Visual interaction in relation to Machiavellianism and an unethical act. In P. Christie and F. Geis (Eds.), Studies in Machiavellianism (pp. 53-75). New York : Academic Press. MOORE, S., KATZ, B. & HOLDER, J. (1995). Machiavel- lianism and medical career choices. Psychologica Reports, 76, 803-807.
GUTERMAN, S.S. (1970). The Machiavellians : A social psychological study of moral character and organizational milieu. Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press. DRAKE, D.S. (1995). Assessing machiavellianism and morality-conscience guilt. Psychological Reports, 77, 1355-1359.
GEIS, F.L., CHRISTIE, R. & NELSON, C. (1970). Search of the Machiavel. In R. Christie & F.L. Geiss (Eds.), Studies in machiavellianism. New York : Academic Press.  
TOUHEY, J.C. (1971). Machiavellians and social mobility. Psychological Reports, 29, 650. WILSON, D.S., NEAR, D.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1996). Machiavellianism : A synthesis of the evolutionary and psychological literatures. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 285-299.
SOLAR, D. & BRUEHL, D. (1971). Machiavellianism and locus of control : two conceptions of interpersonal power. Psychological Reports, 29, 1079-1082. BAKIR, B., YILMAZ, R. & YAVAS, S. (1996). Relating depressive symptoms to Machiavellianism in a Turkish sample. Psychological Reports, 78, 1011-1014.
GEMMILL, G.R. & HEISLER, W.J. (1972). Machiavellianism as a factor in managerial job strain, job satisfaction, and upward mobility. Academy of Management Journal, 15, 51-62.  
TOUHEY, J.C. (1973). Intelligence, machiavellianism and social mobility. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 12, 34-37. SHEPPERD, J.A. & SOCHERMAN, R.E. (1997). On the manipulative behavior of low machiavellians : Feigning incompetence to "sandbag" an opponent. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 73, 1448-1459.
WILLIAMS, M.L., HAZELTON, V. & RENSHAW, S. (1975). The measurement of machiavellianism : A factor analytic and correlational study of Mach IV and Mach V. Speech Monographs, 42, 151-159. McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (1998). Machiavellianism and psychopathy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 74, 192-210.
STEININGER, M. & EISENBERG, E. (1976). On different relationships between dogmatism and Machiavellianism among male and female college students. Psychological Reports, 38, 779-782. WILSON, D.S., NEAR, D.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1998). Individual differences in machiavellianism as a mix of cooperative and exploitative strategies. Evolution & Human Behavior, 19, 203-212.
SMITH, C. (1976). Machiavellianism and achievement motivation. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 15, 327-328. CORZINE, J.B., BUNTZMAN, G.F. & BUSCH, E.T. (1999). Machiavellianism in U.S. bankers. International Journal of Organizational Analysis, 7, 72-83.
SKINNER, N.F., GIOKAS, J.A. & HORNSTEIN, H.A. (1976). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : I. Consensual validation. Social Behavior & Personality, 4, 273-276. McHOSKEY, J.W. (1999). Machiavellianism, intrinsic versus extrinsic goals and social interest : a self-determination theory analysis. Motivation & Emotion, 23, 267-283.
TURNER, C.F. & MARTINEZ, D.C. (1977). Socioeconomic achievement and the Machiavellian personality. Sociometry, 40, 325-336. RICKS, J. & FREADRICH, J. (1999). The paradox of Ma- chiavellianism : Machiavellianism may make for productive sales but poor management reviews. Journal of Business Ethics, 20, 197-205.
KUO, H.K. & MARSELLA, A.J. (1977). The meaning and measurement of machiavellianism in Chinese and American college students. Journal of Social Psychology, 101, 165-173. CORRAL, S. & CALVETE, E. (2000). Machiavellianism : Dimensionality of the Mach IV and its relation to self-monitoring in a Spanish sample. Spanish Journal of Psychology, 3, 3-13.
GLEASON, J.M., SEAMAN, F.J. & HOLLANDER, E.P. (1978). Emergent leadership processes as a function of task structure and machiavellianism. Social Behavior & Personality, 6, 33-36. SUMAN, B.J., SINGH, S. & ASHOK, K. (2000). Machia- vellians : Their manifest need patterns. Psycho-Lingua, 30 (1), 21-24.
HANSON, D.J. (1978). Machiavellianism as a variable in research : A bibliography. JSAS Catalog of Selected Documents in Psychology, 8 (1), 1-17. MACROSSON, W. & SEMPLE, J. (2001). FIRO-B, machiavellianism, and team. Psychological Reports, 88, 1187-1193.
JONES, W.H., NICKEL, T.W. & SCHMIDT, A. (1979). Machiavellianism and self-disclosure. Journal of Psychology, 102, 33-41. MACROSSON, W.D.K. & HEMPHILL, D. J. (2001). Machiavellianism in Belbin team roles. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 16, 355-363.
JOHNSON, P.B. (1980). Need achievement and Machiavellianism. Psychological Reports, 46, 466. SUTTON, J. & KEOGH, E. (2001). Components of Ma- chiavellian beliefs in children : Relationships with personality. Personality & Individual Differences, 30, 137-148.
SKINNER, N.F. (1981). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : 11. Machiavellianism and achievement motivation in business. Social Behavior & Personality, 9, 155-157. DELUGA, R.J. (2001). American presidential Machia- vellianism : Implications for charismatic leadership and rated performance. Leadership Quarterly, 12, 339-363.
GEIS, F.L. & MOON, T.H. (1981). Machiavellianism and deception. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 41, 766-775. McHOSKEY, J.W., WORZEL, W. & SZYARTO, C. (2001). Machiavellianism and personality dysfunction. Personality & Individual Differences, 31, 791-798. [PDF]
WOLFSON, S. (1981). Effects of machiavellianism and communication on helping behaviour during an emergency. British Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 189-195. LOFTUS, S.T. & GLENWICK, D.S. (2001). Machiavel- lianism and empathy in an adolescent residential psychiatric population. Residential Treatment for Children & Youth, 19, 39-57.
SYPHER, H.E., NIGHTINGALE, J.P., VIELHABER, M.E. & SYPHER, B.D. (1981). The interpersonal constructs of Machiavellians : A reconsideration. British Journal of Social Psychology, 20, 219-220. AZIZ, A., MAY, K. & CROTTS, J.C. (2002). Relations of Machiavellian behavior with sales performance of stockbrokers. Psychological Reports, 90, 451-460.
SKINNER, N.F. (1982). Personality correlates of machiavellianism : III. A simulation procedure for identifying high Machs. Social Behavior & Personality, 10, 197-199. GUNNTHORSDOTTIR, A., MCCABE, K. & SMITH, V. (2002). Using the Machiavellianism instrument to predict trustworthiness in a bargaining game. Journal of Economic Psychology, 28, 49-66.
HUNTER, J.E., GERBING, D.W. & BOSTER, F.J. (1982). Machiavellian beliefs and personality : Construct invalidity of the machiavellianism dimension. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 1293-1305. PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2002). The dark triad of personality : Narcissism, machiavellianism, and psychopathy. Journal of Research in Personality, 36, 556-563. [PDF]
SKINNER, N.F. (1982). Personality correlates of Machiavellianism : IV. Machiavellianism and psychopathology. Social Behavior & Personality, 10, 201-203. VALENTINE, S. & FLEISCHMAN, G. (2003). The impact of self-esteem, machiavellianism, and social capital on attorneys' traditional gender outlook. Journal of Business Ethics, 43, 323-335.
ZENKER, S.I. & WOLFGANG, A.K. (1982). Relationship of Machiavellianism and locus of control to preferences for leisure activity by college men and women. Psychological Reports, 50, 583-586. REPACHOLI, B., SLAUGHTER, V., PRITCHARD, M. & GIBBS, V. (2003). Theory of mind, machiavellianism, and social functioning in childhood. In B. Repacholi & V. Slaughter (Eds.), Individual differences in theory of mind (pp. 67-97). New York : Psychology Press.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1983). A factor-analytic study of measures of Machiavellianism. Personality & Individual Differences, 4, 569-571. McLLWAIN, D. (2003). By passing empathy : A Machia- vellian theory of mind and sneaky power. In B. ReRacholi & V. Slaughter (Eds.), Individual differences in theory of mind (pp. 13-38). New York : Psychology Press.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1984). An investigation of the items in the Machiavellian scales. Journal of Social Psychology, 124, 251-252. AZIZ, A. (2004). Machiavellianism scores and self-rated performance of automobile salespersons. Psychological Reports, 94, 464-466.
ICKES, W., REIDHEAD, S. & PATTERSON, M. (1986). Machiavellianism and self-monitoring : As different as "me" and "you". Social Cognition, 4, 58-74. WINTER, S.J., STYLIANOU, A.C. & GIACALONE, R.A. (2004). Individual differences in the acceptability of unethical information technology practices : The case of machiavellianism and ethical ideology. Journal of Business Ethics, 54, 275-296.
LEARY, M.R., KNIGHT, P.D. & BARNES, B.D. (1986). Ethical ideologies of the machiavellian. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 75-80. LEE, K. & ASHTON, M.C. (2005). Psychopathy, machiavellianism, and narcissism in the Five-Factor model and the HEXACO model of personality structure. Personality & Individual Differences, 38, 1571-1582. [PDF]
PODERICO, C. (1987). Machiavellianism and anxiety among Italian children. Psychological Reports, 60, 1041-1042. AZIZ, A. (2005). Relationship between machiavellianism scores and performance of real estate salespersons. Psychological Reports, 96, 235-238.
ZOOK, A. & SIPPS, G.J. (1987). Machiavellianism and dominance : Are therapists in training manipulative ? Psychotherapy, 24, 15-19. CORZINE, J.B. & HOZIER, G.C. (2005). Exploratory study of Machiavellianism and bases of social power in bankers. Psychological Reports, 97, 356-362.
BYRNE, R. & WHITEN, A. (Eds.) (1988). Machiavellian intelligence. Oxford : Oxford University Press. SHERRY, S.B., HEWITT, P.L., BESSER, A., FLETT, G.L. & KLEIN, C. (2006). Machiavellianism, trait perfectionism, and perfectionistic self-presentation. Personality & Individual Differences, 40, 829-839.
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112. HAWLEY, P.H. (2006). Evolution and personality : A new look at Machiavellianism. In D. Mroczek & T. Little (Eds.), Handbook of personality development (pp. 147-161). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
GABLE, M. & TOPOL, M. (1989). Machiavellianism and job satisfaction of retailing executives in a specialty retail chain. Psychological Reports, 64, 107-112. McNAMARA, P., DURSO, R. & HARRIS, E. (2007). "Machiavellianism" and frontal dysfunction : Evidence from Parkinson's disease. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12, 285-300.
GRAMS, L.C. & ROGERS, R.W. (1990). Power and personality : Effects of machiavellianism, need for approval, and motivation on use of influence tactics. Journal of General Psychology, 117, 71-82. OJHA, H. (2007). Parent-child interaction and machia- vellian orientation. Journal of the Indian Academy of Applied Psychology, 33, 285-289.
SIMON, L.J., FRANCIS, P.L. & LOMBARDO, J.P. (1990). Sex, sex-role, and machiavellianism as correlates of decoding ability. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 71, 243-247. BECKER, J.A. & O'HAIR, H.D. (2007). Machiavellians' motives in organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 35, 246-267.
O'CONNOR, E.M. & SIMMS, C.M. (1990). Self-revelation as manipulation : The effects of sex and machiavellianism on self-disclosure. Social Behavior & Personality, 18, 95-100. PAAL, T. & BERECZKEI, T. (2007). Adult theory of mind, cooperation, Machiavellianism : The effect of mindreading on social relations. Personality & Individual Differences, 43, 541-551.
  TEVEN, J.J. (2001). Teacher machiavellianism and social influence in the college classroom : Implications for measurement. Communication Research Reports, 24, 341-352.
GABLE, M., HOLLON, C. & DANGELLO, F. (1992). Man- agerial structuring of work as a moderator of the Machiavellianism and job performance relationship. Journal of Psychology, 126, 317-325. SAKALAKI, M., RICHARDSON, C. & THEPAUT, Y. (2007). Machiavellianism and economic opportunism. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 37, 1181-1190.
FEHR, B., SAMSOM, D. & PAULHUS, D.L. (1992). The construct of machiavellianism : Twenty years later. In C.D. Spielberger & J.N. Butcher (Eds.), Advances inpersonality assessment (Vo1.9, pp.77-116). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] BECKER, J.A. & O'HAIR, H.D. (2007). Machiavellians' motives in organizational citizenship behavior. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 35, 246-267.
RIM, Y. (1992). Machiavellianism and coping styles. Personality & Individual Differences, 13 (4), 487-489. [PDF] LIU, C.C. (2008). The relationship between machia- vellianism and knowledge-sharing willingness. Journal of Business Psychology, 22, 233-240.
SHULTZ, C.J. (1993). Situational and dispositional predictors of performance : A test of the hypoth- esized Machiavellianism x structure interaction among salespersons. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 478-498. VERNON, P.A., VILLANI, V.C., VICKERS, L.C. & HARRIS, J.A. (2008). A behavioral genetic investigation of the dark triad and the Big 5. Personality & Individual Differences, 44, 445-452.
GABLE, M. & DANGELLO, F. (1994). Locus of control, Machiavellianism, and managerial job performance. Journal of Psychology, 128, 599-608. JONES, D.N. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2009). Machiavellianism. In M. R. Leary & R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of individual differences in social behavior (pp. 93-108). New York : Guilford Press. [PDF]
LEONE, C. & CORTE, V. (1994). Concern for self- presentation and self-congruence: Self-monitoring, Machiavellianism and social conflicts. Social Behavior & Personality, 22, 305-312. ESPERGER, Z. & BERECZKEI, T. (2011). Machiavellianism and spontaneous mentalization : One step ahead of oithers. European Journal of Personality, 26 (6), 580-587. [PDF]
SPARKS, J.R. (1994). Machiavellianism and personal success in marketing : The moderating role of latitude for improvisation. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 22, 393-400. JONASON, P.K. & McCAIN, J. (2012). Using the HEXACO model to test the validity of the Dirty Dozen measure of the Dark Triad. Personality & Individual Differences, 53, 935-938. [PDF]
  FURNHAM, A., RICHARDS, S.C. & PAULHUS, D.L. (2013). The Dark Triad of Personality : A 10 Year Review. Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 7 (3), 199–216. [PDF]
Voir aussi Pouvoir, Influence, Machiavel, Dogmatisme, Despote et Narcissisme
Machiavélisme (Mesure et évaluation du...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer le machiavélisme. Measurement of machiavellianism.
WILLIAMS, M.L., HAZELTON, V. & RENSHAW, S. (1975). The measurement of Machiavellianism : A factor analytic and correlational study of Mach IV and Mach V. Speech Monographs, 42, 151-159.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1983). A factor-analytic study of measures of Machiavellianism. Personality & Individual Dvferences, 4, 569-571.
KLINE, P. & COOPER, C. (1984). An investigation of the items in the Machiavellian scales. Journal of Social Psychology, 124, 251-252.
DRAKE, D. S. (1995). Assessing machiavellianism and morality-conscience guilt. Psychological Reports, 77, 1355-1359.
Voir aussi Machiavélisme et Narcissisme
Machine : Au sens strict, mécanisme qui décuple une énergie naturellement disponible (pétrole, vent, marée, chute d'eau, soleil) pour produire un travail ou accomplir une ou des tâches, toujours de la même façon (si on exclut les bris et l'usure). De nos jours, on l'utilise pour désigner tout type de mécanisme, qu'il soit mécanique, biologique ou informatique. Machine et ordinateur. /organisme. Machine.
Types de machine
Machine binaire Machine de Turing Machine de Darwin
NEISSER, U. 1963. The imitation of man by machines. Science 139:193-197.
WEIZENBAUM, J. (1965). Eliza-A computer program for the study of natural language communication between man and machine. Comrnunication of the Association for Computing, 9, 36-45.
WISE, M.N (1988). Mediating machines. Science in Context, 2, 77-113.
HARNAD, S. (1989). Minds, machines and Searle. Journal of Theoretical & Experimental Artifical Intelligence, 1, 5-25.
CHURCHLAND, P.M. & CHURCHLAND, P.S. (1990). Could a machine think ? Scientific American, 262, 32-37.
 LE NY, J.-F. (1999). Intelligences naturelle et artificielle : Puissance et temps. In V. Bloch (Ed.), Cerveaux et machines (pp. 197-215). Paris: Hermès.
NASS, C. & MOON, Y. (2000). Machines and mindlessness : Social responses to computers. Journal of Social Issues, 56 (1), 81-103.
VICEDO, M. (2009). Mothers, machines, and morals : Harry Harlow's work on primate love from lab to legend. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 45, 193-218.
Voir aussi Théorie des automates
Machine à vapeur : Machine à vapeur inventée par Watt, à l'origine de la révolution industrielle.
FRAGOSO, J.M. & KASHUBECK, S. (2000). Machismo, gender role conflict, and mental health in Mexican American men. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 1 (2), 87-97.
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary Psychology, 47, 275-276.
Machine binaire : Ensemble des machines qui traitent l'information selon un code binaire. La fonction d'une machine est de transformer un objet plus efficacement qu'un humain (plus vite, en faisant moins d'erreur donc à moindre coût). Pour certains psychologues cognitivistes, le cerveau est une machine binaire complexe, qui sert à résoudre des problèmes (cerveau virtuel). ( ): ordinateur, calculatrice, lecteur CD/DVD, teléphone mobile. etc. Binary system, computing machinery.
McCULLOCH, W.S. & PITTS, W. (1943). Logical calculus of the ideas immanent in nervous activity. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, 5, 115-153. [PDF]
McCULLOCH, W.S. (1949). The brain as a computing machine. Electrical Engineering, 68, 492-497.
TURING, A.M. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence. Mind, 59, 433-460.
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. [PDF]
McGINN, C. (1987). Could a machine be conscious ? In C. Blakemore & S. Greenfield (Eds.), Mindwaves (pp. 279-288). Oxford : Blackwell.
JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1993). Human and machine thinking hillsdale. NJ : Erlbaum Press.
Voir aussi Cerveau virtuel
Machine de Turing : Voir Turing.
Machine de Darwin : Voir Darwin. Darwin machine.
Machisme : Qualifie un homme qui se comporte selon un modèle sexuel et social traditionnel et réactionnaire. Machismo.
FRAGOSO, J.M. & KASHUBECK, S. (2000). Machismo, gender role conflict, and mental health in Mexican American men. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 1 (2), 87-97.
MAZUR, A. (2002). Does testosterone cause machismo ? Contemporary Psychology, 47, 275-276.
Catherine A. MacKinnon Donald W. MacKinnon Sean Mackinnon
MacKinnon Catherine A. (1946-) : Juriste et politologue féministe américaine. Collaboratrice de Brownmiller et Dworkin.
MacKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : an agenda for theory. Signs, 7, 515-544.
MacKINNON, C. (1983). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : toward feminist jurisprudence. Signs, 8 (4), 635-658.
MacKINNON, C.A. (2003). Mainstreaming feminism in legal education. Journal of Legal Education, 53, 199.
MacKINNON, C.A. (2005). Women's lives, men's laws. Harvard University Press.
MacKINNON, C.A. (2006). Are women human ? : And other international dialogues. Cambridge : Harvard University Press.
MacKinnon Donald W. (Augusta 1903-1987 Stockton) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la créativité. Professeur de Loehlin.
MacKINNON, D.W. (1962). The nature and nurture of creative talent. American Psychologist, 17 (7), 484-495.
MacKINNON, D.W. (1965). Personality and the realization of creative potential. American Psychologist, 20 (4), 273–281.
MacKINNON, D.W. (1966). The identification of creativity. Applied Psychology, 12 (1), 25-46.
MacKINNON, D.W. (1966). What makes a person creative ? Theory into Practive, 5 (4), 151-156.
MacKINNON, D.W. (1967). Assessing creative persons. Journal of Creative Behavior, 1 (3), 291-304.
MacKinnon Sean ( ) : Psychologue canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du perfectionnisme. Collaborateur de Antony et Sherry.
MacKINNON, S.P., SHERRY, S.B., STEWART, S.H., ANTONY, M.M. & SHERRY, D.L. (2012). Caught in a bad romance : Perfectionism, conflict, and depression in romantic relationships. Journal of Family Psychology, 26 (2), 215-225. [PDF]
MacKINNON, S.P. & SHERRY, S.B. (2012). Perfectionistic self-presentation mediates the relationship between perfectionistic concerns and subjec- tive well-being : A three-wave longitudinal study. Personality & Individual Differences, 53, 22-28.
MacKINNON, S.P., SHERRY, S.B., PRATT, M.W. & SMITH, M.M. (2014). Perfectionism, friendship intimacy, and depressive affect in transitioning university students: A longitudinal study using mixed methods. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science/Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 46, 49-59.
MacKINNON, S.P., KEHAYES, I., LEONARD, K., FRASER, R. & STEWART, S.H. (2017). Perfectionistic concerns, social negativity and subjective well-being : A test of the social disconnection model. Journal of Personality, 85, 326-340.
MacKINNON, S.P., RAY, C.M., FIRTH, S.M. & O'CONNOR, R.M. (2018). Perfectionism and drinking to cope : A 21-day diary study. Journal of Research in Personality, 78, 177-178.
MacKintosh Nicholas John ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence et du conditionnement répondant. Collaborateur de Chamizo, Dickinson, Honig et Pearce.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1962). The effects of overtraining on a reversal and a nonreversal shift. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 55, 555-559.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1965). Selective attention in animal discrimination learning. Psychological Bulletin, 64, 124-150.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1975). A Theory of attention : Variations in the associability of stimuli with reinforcement. Psychological Review, 82 (4), 276-298. [PDF]
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981). A new measure of intelligence ? Nature, 289, 529-530.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & BENNETT, E.S. (2005). What do Raven's matrices measure ? An analysis in terms of sex differences. Intelligence, 33, 663-674. [PDF]
PLOMIN, R. (1999). IQ and human intelligence : Reviewed by Robert Plomin. The American Journal of Human Genetics, 65 (5), 1476-1477. [PDF]
Maclean Paul D. (Phelps 1913-2007) : Psychiatre et neurobiologiste américain. Il est l'auteur de la théorie des trois cerveaux (cerveau reptilien, cerveau limbique et néocortex).
 MacCLEAN, P.D. (1949). Psychosomatic disease and the visceral brain : Recent developments bearing on the Papez theory of emotion. Psychosomatic Medicine, 11,338-353.
 MACLEAN, P.D. (1990). The triune brain in evolution : Role in paleocerebral functions. Springer.
 MAcLEAN, P.D. (1993). Cerebral evolution of emotion. In M. Lewis and J.M. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 67-83). New York, NY : Guilford Press.
Macleod Colin M. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine canadienne, et spécialiste de l'étude de l'oubli. Il s'intéressse également à l'effet Stroop. Collaborateur de Bodner, Dunbar, Jonnker et Williams.
MacLEOD, C.M. (1975). Long-term recognition and recall following directed forgetting. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 104 (3), 271-279. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & DUNBAR, K. (1988). Emergence of Stroop interference with training. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 14 (1), 26-135. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. (1991). Half a century of research on the Stroop effect : An integrative review. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 163-203. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & MacDONALD, P.A. (2000). Interdimensional interference in the Stroop effect : Uncovering the cognitive and neural anatomy of attention. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 383-390. [PDF]
MacLEOD, C.M. & BODNER, G.E. (2017). The production effect in memory (PDF). Current Directions in Psychological Science, 26 (4), 390-395. [PDF]
C. Neil MacRrae Robert R. McCrae
MacRae C. Neil ( ) : Psychosociologue écossais et spécialiste de l'étude de la pensée alternative et des stéréotypes. Collaborateur de Dijksterhuis et Hewstone.
MacRAE, C.N. (1989). The good, the bad, and the ugly : Facial stereotyping and juridic judgments. The Police Journal, 62, 194-199.
MacRAE, C.N. (1992). A tale of two curries: Counterfactual thinking and accident-related judgments. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 84-87.
MacRAE, C.N., HEWSTONE, M. & GRIFFITHS, R.J. (1993). Processing load and memory for stereotype : based information. European Journal of Social Psychology, 23 (1), 77-87.
MacCRAE, C.N., MITCHELL, J.P. & PENDRY, L.F. (2002). What's in a forename ? Cue familiarity and stereotypical thinking. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 186-193. [PDF]
MacRAE, C.N. CHRISTIAN, BM., GOLUBICKIS, M., KARANASIOU, M., TROKSIAROVA, L., MCNAMARA, D.L. & MILES, LK. (2014). "When do i wear me out ?" Mental simulation and the diminution of self-control. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 143 (4), 1755-1764.
Macro- : Préfixe qui signifie « grand ou gros ».
Macro-économie Macrosystème
Macro-économie : Voir Économie (Macro).
Macrosystème : Voir Système (Macro).
Madagascar : Pays.
RAND, A.L. (1935). On the habits of some Madagascar mammals. Journal of Mammalogy, 16 (2), 89-104.
JOLLY, A. & LANTING, F. (1990). Madagascar: A world out of time. Aperture.
ASTUTI, R. (1995). People of the sea : Identity and descent among the Vezo of Madagascar. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
ASTUTI, R. (1995). The Vezo are not a kind of people : Identity, difference, and "ethnicity" among a fishing people of Western Madagascar. American Ethnologist, 22, 464-482.
ASTUTI, R. (2000). Les gens ressemblent-ils aux poulets ? Penser la frontière homme / animal à Madagascar. Terrain, 34, 89-105.
ASTUTI, R. (2007). Weaving together culture and cognition: An illustration from Madagasca. Intellectica, 46-47, 173-178. [PDF]
SUSSMAN, R.W., GREEN, G.M. & SUSSMAN, L.K. (1996). The use of satellite imagery and anthropology to assess the causes of deforestation in Madagascar. In L.E. Sponsel, T.N. Headland & R.C. Bailey (Eds.), Tropical deforestation : the human dimension (pp. 296-315). New York : Columbia University.
Voir aussi Pays
Madden Gregory J. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportements d'impulsivité. Étudiant de Perone. Collaborateur de Bickle, Chase, Hackenberg et Glenn.
MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N., BADGER, G.J. & BICKEL, W.K. (1997). Impulsive and self- control choices in opiate-dependent patients and non-drug-using control participants : Drug and monetary rewards. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 5 (3), 256-262. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J. & PERONE, M. (1999). Human sensitivity to concurrent schedules of reinforcement : The role of schedule-correlated stimuli. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 71, 303-318. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J. & PERONE, M. (2003). Effects of alternative reinforcement on human behavior : The source does matter. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 79 (2), 193-206. [PDF]
MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N.M. & JOHNSON, P. (2009). Pathological gamblers discount probabilistic rewards at lower rates than matched controls. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 17, 283-290. [PDF]
MADDEN G.J., FRANCISCO, M.T., BREWER, A.T. & STEIN, J.S. (2011). Delay discounting and gambling. Behavioural Processes, 87 (1), 43-49. [PDF]
Maddi Salvatore R. (New York 1933-) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité, notamment de la persévérance (hardiness). Étudiant de McClelland. Collaborateur de Haier et Kobasa.
MADDI, S.R., CHARLENS, A.M., MADDI, D. & SMITH, A.J. (1962). Effects of monotony and novelty on imaginative productions. Journal of Personality, 30, 513-527.
MADDI, S.R. (1978). Existential and individual psychologies. Journal of Individual Psychology, 34, 182- 191.
MADDI, S.R. (1981). Myth and personality. Journal of Mind & Behavior, 2, 145-153.
MADDI, S.R. (2006). Hardiness : The courage to grow from stresses. Journal of Positive Psychology, 1, 160–168.
MADDI, S.R. (2006). Taking the theorizing in personality theories seriously. American Psychologist, 61, 330-331.
Keith B. Maddox W. Todd Maddox
Maddox Keith B. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du racisme. Collaborateur de Dixon.
MADDOX, K.B. & GRAY, S. (2002). Cognitive representations of African Americans : Re-exploring the role of skin tone. Personality & Social Psychological Bulletin, 28 (2), 250-259. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. & CHASE, S.G. (2004). Manipulating subcategory salience : Exploring the link between skin tone and social perception of Blacks. European Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 533-546. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. (2004). Perspectives on racial phenotypicality bias. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 8, 383-401. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B. (2006). Rethinking racial stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. The Psychological Science Agenda, 20, 3-5. [PDF]
MADDOX, K.B., RAPP, D.N., BRION, S. & TAYLOR, H.A. (2008). Social influences on spatial memory. Memory & Cognition, 36, 479-494. [PDF]
Maddox W. Todd ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la catégorisation et le développement de modèles neuraux. Étudiant de Ashby. Collaborateur de Estes.
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (1993). Comparing decision bound and exemplar models of categorization. Perception & Psychophysics, 53, 49-70. [PDF]
MADDOX, W.T., MOLIS, M.R & DIEHL, R.L. (2001). Generalizing a neuropsychological model of visual categorization to auditory categorization of vowels. Perception & Psychophysics, 64, 584-597.
MADDOX, W.T. & BOHIL, C.J. (2001). Feedback effects on cost-benefit learning in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition, 29, 598-615.
MADDOX, W.T., ASHBY, F.G. & WALDRON, E. (2002). Multiple attention systems in perceptual categorization. Memory & Cognition, 30 (3), 325-339. [PDF]
MADDOX, W.T. & ASHBY, F.G. (2004). Dissociating explicit and procedural-learning based systems of perceptual category learning. Behavioural Processes, 66, 309-332. [PDF]
Madhavan Poornima ( ) : Psychologue américaine et spécialiste de l'automation. Collaboratrice de Wiegemann.
MADHAVAN P., WIEGEMANN, D.A. & LACSON, F.C. (2003). Automation failures on tasks easily performed by operators undermines trust in automated aids. In Proceedings of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society 47th Annual Meeting-2003 (pp. 335-339). Santa Monica, CA : Human Factors and Ergonomics Society.
MADHAVAN P., WIEGEMANN, D.A. (2004). A new look at the dynamics of human-automation trust : Is trust in humans comparable to trust in machines ? Proceedings of the Human Factors & Ergonomics Society Annual Meeting, 48 (3), 581-585.
MADHAVAN P. & WIEGMANN, D.A. (2005). Effects of information source, pedigree, and reliability on operators' utilizaton of diagnostic advice. Human Factors & Ergonomics Society Annual Meeting Proceedings 49 (3), 487-491.
MADHAVAN P., WIEGEMANN, D.A. & LACSON, F.C. (2006). Automation failures on tasks easily performed by operators undermine trust in automated aids. Human Factors, 48 (2), 241-256.
MADHAVAN P. & WIEGMANN, D.A. (2007). Similarities and differences between human-human and human-automation trust : An integrative review. Theoretical Issues in Ergonomics Science, 8, 277-301.
Madon Stephanie ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des prophécies auto-réalisantes et des stéréotypes. Collaboratrice de Eccles et Jussim.
MADON, S., JUSSIM, L. & ECCLES, J. (1997). In search of the powerful self-fulfilling prophecy. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (4), 791-809. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., ABOUFADEL, K., MONTIEL, E., SMITH, A., ALUMBO, P. & JUSSIM, L. (2001). Ethnic and national stereotypes : The Princeton trilogy revisited and revised. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 27 (8), 996-1010. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M. & SPOTH, R (2004). The self-fulfilling prophecy as an intrafamily dynamic. Journal of Family Psychology, 18 (3), 459-469. [PDF]
MADON, S., GUYLL, M., BULLER, A.A., SCHERR, K., WILLARD, J. & SPOTH, R. (2008). The mediation of mothers’ self-fulfilling effects on their children’s alcohol use : Self-verification, informational conformity, and modeling processes. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 95, 369-384. [PDF]
MADON, S., WILLARD, J., GUY, M. & SCHERR, K.C. (2011). Self-fulfilling prophecies : Mechanisms, power, and links to social problems. Social & Personality Psychology Compass, 5 (8), 578-590. [PDF]
Magazine : Média. Magazine.
 COURTNEY, A.E. & LOCKRENTZ, S.W. (1971). A woman's place : An analysis of the roles portrayed by women in magazine advertisements. Journal of Marketing Research, 8, 92-95.  WILLEMSEN, T.M. (1998). Widening the gender gap : Teenage magazines for girls and boys. Sex Roles, 38 (9-10), 851-861.
VANKATESAN, M. & LOSCO, J. (1975). Women in magazine ads : 1959-1971. Journal of Advertising Research, 15 (5), 49-58.  DUKE, L.L. & KRESHEL, P.J. (1998). Negotiating femininity : Girls in early adolescence read teen magazines. Journal of Communication Inquiry, 22, 48-71.
 WINICK, C. (1985). A content analysis of sexually explicit magazines sold in an adult bookstore. Journal of Sex Research, 21, 206-210.  DURHAM, M.G. (1998). Dilemmas of desire : Representations of adolescent sexuality in two teen magazines. Youth & Society, 29 (3), 369-389.
LYSONSKI, S. (1985). Role portrayals in British magazine advertisements. European Journal of Marketing, 19, 37-55.  GARNER, A., STERK, H.M. & ADAMS, S. (1998). Narrative analysis of sexual etiquette in teenage magazines. Journal of Communication, 48 (4), 59-78.
 CLARK, R.L. (1987). Changing perceptions in sex and sexuality in traditional women's magazines, 1900-1980. Thèse de doctorat, Arizona, Arizona State University.  SCHLENKER, J.A., CARON, S.L. & HALTEMAN, W.A. (1998). A feminist analysis of Seventeen magazine : Content analysis from 1945 to 1995. Sex Roles, 38 (1/2), 135-149.
 SCOTT, J.E. & CUVELIER, S. (1987). Violence in Playboy magazine : A longitudinal content analysis. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 16, 279-288.  CARPENTER, L.M. (1998). From girls into women : scripts for sexuality and romance in Seventeen Magazine, 1974-1994. Journal of Sex Research, 35 (2), 158-168.
   THOMSEN, S.R. (2002). Health and beauty magazine reading and body shape concerns among a group of college women. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 79, 988-1007.
 SCOTT, J.E. & CUVELIER, S. (1987). Sexual violence in Playboy magazine : A longitudinal content analysis. Journal of Sex Research, 23, 534-539.  WALSH-CHILDERS, K., GOTTHOFFER, A. & LEPRE, C.R. (2002). From "just the facts" to "downright salacious" : Teens and women's magazine coverage of sex and sexual health. In J.D. Brown, J.R. Steele & K. Walsh-Childers (Eds.), Sexual teens, sexual media : Investigating media's influence on adolescent sexuality (pp. 153-171). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
 MASSEÍ, M.A. & ROSENBLUM, K. (1988). Male and female created they them : The depiction of gender in advertising of traditional women's and menís magazines. Women's Studies International Forum, 11 (2), 127-144.  OGLE, J.P. & THORNBURG, E. (2003). An alternative voice amidst teen "zines" : An analysis of body-related content in Girl Zone. Journal of Family & Consumer Sciences, 95, 47-56.
 FERGUSON, J.H., KRESHEL, P.G. & TINKHAM, S.F. (1990). In the pages of Ms. : Sex role portrayals of women in advertising. Journal of Advertising, 19 (1), 40-72.  TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Media exposure, body dissatisfaction and disordered eating : Television and Magazines are not the same ! European Eating Disorders Review, 11, 418-430.
 PEIRCE, K. (1990). A feminist theoretical perspective on the socialization of teenage girls through Seventeen magazine. Sex Roles, 23 (8-9), 491-500.  VAUGHAN, K.K. & FOUTS, G.T. (2003). Changes in television and magazine exposure and eating disorder symptomatology. Sex Roles, 49 (7-8), 313-320.
   LOKKEN, K.L., WORTHY, S.L. & TRAUTMANN, J. (2004). Examining the links among magazine preference, levels of awareness and internalization of sociocultural appearance standards, and presence of eating-disordered symptoms in college women. Family & Consumer Sciences Research Journal, 32, 361-381.
 EVANS, E.D., RUTHBERG, J., SATHER, C. & TURNER, C. (1991). Content analysis of contemporary teen magazines for adolescent females. Youth & Society, 23 (1), 99-120. REICHERT, T. & CARPENTER, C. (2004). An update on sex in magazine advertising : 1983 to 2003. Journalism & Mass Communication Quarterly, 81, 823-837.
   LABRE, M. (2005). The male body ideal : perspectives of readers and non-readers of tness magazines. The Journal of Men's Health & Gender, 2, 223-229.
 ANDERSEN, A.E. & DIDOMENICO, L. (1992). Diet vs. shape content of popular male and female magazines: A dose-response relationship to the incidence of eating disorders ? International Journal of Eating Disorders, 11, 283-287.  TAYLOR, L.D. (2005). All for him : Articles about sex in American lad magazines. Sex Roles, 52, 153-163.
 KATZ, B. & STERNBERG-KATZ, L. (1992). Magazines for libraries. New York : R.R. Bowker.  VAN DEN BERG, P., NEUMARK-SZTAINER, D., HANNAN, P.J. & HAINES, J. (2007). Is dieting advice from magazines helpful or harmful ? Associations with weight-control behaviors and psychological outcomes in adolescents. Pediatrics, 119 (1), 30-37.
   TIGGEMANN, M., POLIVY, J. & HARGREAVES, D. (2009). The processing of thin ideals in fashion magazines : A source of social comparison or fantasy ? Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 28, 73-93.
 McCRAKEN, E. (1993). Decoding women's magazines : From Mademoiselle to Ms. London : MacMillan Press.  LUFF, G.M. & GRAY, J.J. (2009). Complex messages regarding a thin ideal appearing in teenage girls'magazines from 1956 to 2005. Body Image, 6, 133-136.
   HATTON, E. & TRAUTNER, M.N. (2011). Equal opportunity objectification ? The sexualization of men and women on the cover of rolling stone. Sexuality & Culture, 15, 256-278. [PDF]
 PEIRCE, K. (1993). Socialization of teenage girls through teen-magazine fiction : The making of a new woman or an old lady ? Sex Roles, 29 (1-2), 59-69.  SLATER, A., TIGGERMANN, M., FIRTH, B. & HAWKINS, K. (2012). Reality check : An experimental investigation of the addition of warning labels to fashion magazine images on women's mood and body dissatisfaction. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 31, 105-122.
   NOBLOCH-WESTERWICK, S. & HOPLAMAZIAN, G.J. (2012). Gendering the self : Selective magazine reading and reinforcement of gender conformity. Communication Research, 39, 358-384.
 GUILLEN, E.O., BARR, S.I. & BARR, S.I. (1994). Nutrition, dieting, and fitness messages in a magazine for adolescent women. Journal of Adolescent Health, 15 (6), 464-472.  JOSHI, S.P. (2012). Adolescent sexual Ssocialization and teen magazines : A Cross-national study between the United States and the Netherlands. Boca Raton, Florida : Universal-Publishers. [PDF]
 NEMEROFF, C.J., STEIN, R.I., DIEH, N.S. & SMILACK, K.M (1994). From the Cleavers to the Clintons : role choices and body orientation as reflected in magazine and article content. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 16 (2), 167-176.  GRAFF, K.A., MURNEN, S.K. & KRAUSE, A.K. (2013). Low-cut hirts and high-heeled shoes : increased sexualization across time in magazine depictions of girls. Sex Roles, 69 (11/12), 571-582. [PDF]
 SHAW, J. (1995). E ects of fashion magazines on body dissatisfaction and eating psychopathology in adolescent and adult females. European Eating Disorders Review, 3, 15-23. OGDEN, J. & RUSSELL, S. (2013). How Black women make sense of "White" and "Black" fashion magazines : a qualitative think aloud study. Journal of Health Psychology, 18, 1588-1600. [PDF]
 CUSUMANO, D.L. & THOMPSON, J.K. (1997). Body image and body shape ideals in magazines : exposure, awareness, and internalization. Sex Roles, 37 (9-10), 701-721.  SWIATKOWSKI, P. (2016). Magazine in uence on body dissatisfaction : Fashion vs. health ? Cogent Social Sciences, 2, 1-17. [PDF]
Voir aussi Apparence, Beauté, Image du corps et Média
Magendie François (Bordeaux 1783-1855 Sannois) : Médecin, physiologiste et anatomiste français. On lui doit la découverte du foramen. Étudiant de Boyer. Professeur de Bernard.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Quelques idées générales sur les phénomènes particuliers aux corps vivants. Bulletin des Sciences Médicales, 4, 145-170.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1809). Examen de l'action de quelques végétaux sur la moelle épinière. Nouveau Bulletin Scientifique de la Société Philomatique, 1, 368-405.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1813). Mémoire sur le vomissement. Paris.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Précis élémentaire de physiologie. Paris.
 MAGENDIE, F. (1816). Leçons sur les fonctions et les maladies du système nerveux. Paris.
Mager Robert F. ( ) : Psychologue organisationnel et béhavioriste américain.
 MAGER, R.F. (1975). Preparing Instructional objectives. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co
 MAGER, R.F. & PIPE, P. (1984). Analyzing performance problems, or you really oughta wanna. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co.
 MAGER, R.F. (1988). Making instruction work. Belmont, CA : Lake Publishing Co.
 MAGER, R.F. (2005). Comment définir des objectifs pédagogiques. Paris : Dunod.
 MAGER, R.F. (2005). Pour éveiller le désir d'apprendre. Paris : Dunod.
Magicien : Individu qui pratique la magie. En science, les magiciens jouent un rôle de critique et et de sceptique. ( ) : Andrus, Randi.
RANDI, J. (1990/93). The mask of Nostradamus / Le vrai visage de Nostradamus. Prometheus books/Éditeur Balzac-Le Griot Éditeur.
RANDI, J. (1992). Conjuring. New York : The St. Martin's Press.
ANDRUS, J. & HYMAN, R. (2000). Andrus card control. Eugene, OR : Chazpro Magic.
Magie : Tout procédé systèmatique qui donne à croire à l'existence d'une chose qui n'existe manifestement pas. Ces procédés exploitent les "faiblesses" perceptives et la naïveté de l'auditoire... au grand plaisir de tous. Magie, illusion et superstition. Magic, magical belief.
CATTELL, J.M. (1899). Review of magic, stage illusions and scientific diversions, by A.F. Hopkins, and Spirit Slate Writing and Kindred Phenomena, by W.B. Robinson. Psychological Review, 6, 554. VYSE, S.A. (1997). Believing in magic : The psychology of superstition. New York : Oxford University Press.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1955). Magic, science, and religion. New York : Doubleday.[PDF] WYNN, K. & CHIANG, W.-C. (1998). Limits to infants' knowledge of objects : the case of magical appearance. Psychological Science, 9, 448-455.
BANDLER, R. et GRINDER, J. (1975). The structure of magic I: A book about language and therapy. Palo Alto, CA: Science & Behavior Books.  LAMONT, P. & WISEMAN, R. (1999). Magic in theory : an introduction to the theoretical and psychological elements of conjuring. Hatfield : University of Hertfordshire Press.
BANDLER, R. et GRINDER, J. (1975). The structure of magic II : A book about communication and change. Palo Alto, CA : Science & Behavior Books.  LAMONT, P. (2004). The rise of the Indian rope trick : biography of a legend. London : Little, Brown.
WOMACK, M. (1992). Why athletes need ritual : A study of magic among professional athletes. In S. Hoffman (Ed.), Sport and religion (pp. 191-202). Champaign, IL : Human Kinetics. LINDEMAN, M. & AARNIO, K. (2007). Superstitious, magical, and paranormal beliefs : An integrative model. Journal of Research in Personality, 41, 731-744. [PDF]
CAVENDISH, R. & INNES, B. (Eds.) (1994). Man, myth and magic. New York : Marshall Cavendish. COLLINS, R. (2008). The four M's of religion : Magic, membership, morality and mysticism. Review of Religious Research, 50, 5-15.
AGLIOTI, S., DESOUZA, J. & GOODALE, M. (1995). Size-contrast illusions deceive the eye but not the hand. Current Biology, 5, 679-685.  LAMONT, P., HENDERSON, J.M. & SMITH, T. (2010). Where science and magic meet : the illusion of a "science of magic". Review of General Psychology, 14 (1), 16-21.
 WISEMAN, R. & LAMONT, P (1996). Unravelling the rope trick. Nature, 383, 212-213. LINDEMAN, M. & SVEDHOLM, A.M. (2012). What's in a term ? Paranormal, superstitious, magical and supernatural beliefs by any other name would mean the same. Review of General Psychology, 16, 241-255.
Voir aussi Croyance ésotérique, Illusion, Superstition, Perception
Magistretti Pierre J. ( ) : Neurobiologiste français et spécialiste de l'étude des cellules gliales.

MAGISTRETTI, P.J., MORRISON, J.H., SHOEMAKER, W.J., SAPIN, V. & BLOOM, F.E. (1981). Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide induced glycogenolysis in mouse cortical slices : a possible regulatory mechanism for the local control of energy metabolism. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 78, 6535-6539.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. & SCHORDERET, M. (1984) VIP and noradrenaline act synergistically to increase cyclic AMP in cerebral cortex. Nature, 308, 280-282.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J., PELLERIN, L., ROTHMAN, D.L. & SHULMAN, R.G. (1999). Energy on demand. Science, 283 (5401), 496-497.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. & PELLERIN, L. (1999) Cellular mechanisms of brain energy metabolism and their relevance to functional brain imaging. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 354, 1155-1163.
MAGISTRETTI, P.J. (2006). Neuron-glia metabolic coupling and plasticity. Journal of Experimental Biology, 209, 2304-2311.
Magnitude : Synonyme d'intensité. Magnitude et magnitude d'un renforcement.
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2001). Relationship between magnitude of damage to the hippocampus and impaired recognition memory in monkeys. Hippocampus 11, 92-98. [PDF]
Magnuson Katherine A. ( ) : Psychologue américaine et spécialiste du développement, notamment des effets de la garderie et de la maternelle. Collaborateur de Brooke-Gunn, Costanzo, Duncan, Huston et Pagani.
MAGNUSON, K.A. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2005). Early childhood care and education, and ethnic and Racial Test Score Gaps at school entry. The Future of Children, 15, 169-196.
MAGNUSON, K.A., LAHAIE, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2006). Preschool and school readiness of children of immigrants. Social Science Quarterly, 87, 1241-1262.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). The persistence of preschool effects : Do subsequent classroom experiences matter ? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 22, 18-38.
MAGNUSON, K.A., RUHM, C. & WALDFOGEL, J. (2007). Does prekindergarten improve school preparation and performance ? Economics of Education Review, 26, 33-51.
MAGNUSON, K.A., SEXTON, H., DAVIS-KEAN, P.E. & HUSTON, A.C. (2009). Increases in maternal education and young children's language skills. Merrill Palmer Quarterly, 55, 319-350.
Magoun Horace Winchell (Philadelppie 1907-1991) : Neurobiologiste américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la formation réticulée et de l'hypothalamus. Avec Moruzzi, il a découvert le neurocircuit qui permet au cerveau de s'éveiller et de s'endormir (sommeil). = Tid Magoun. Collaborateur de Moruzzi.
MAGOUN, H.W., HARE, W.K. & RANSON, S.W. (1937). Role of cerebellum in postural contractions. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 37 (6), 1237-1250.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1938). Excitability of the hypothalamus after degeneration of corticifugal connections from the frontal lobes. American Journal of Physiology, 122, 530-532.
MAGOUN, H.W. & RHINES, R. (1946). An inhibitory mechanism in the bulbar reticular formation. Journal of Neurophysiology, 9, 165-171.
MORUZZI, G. & MAGOUN, H.W. (1949). Brain stem reticular formation and activation of the EEG. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 1 (4), 455-473.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1958). The waking brain. Springfield, IL : Thomas.
MARSHALL, L.H. (2004). Horace Winchell Magoun : A biographical memoir. Washington D.C. : National Academy of Sciences. [PDF]
MAHLER - MAHONEY - MAIER - MAILLOUX - MAIO - Mainstream Science on Intelligence - MAÎTRISE - MAJORITÉ - MAL
Mahadevan Rajan S. (Madras 1957-) : Psychologue d'origine indienne. Il est connu pour sa mémoire exceptionelle. Collaborateur de Malone.
BIEDERMAN, I., COOPER, E.E., FOX, P.W. & MAHADEVAN, R.S. (1992). Observation : Unexceptional spatial memory in an exceptional memorist. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 18 (3), 654-657.[PDF]
ERICCSON, K.A., WEAVER, G., DELANEY, P.F. & MAHADEVAN, R.S. (1996). The memorist Rajan’s memory for digits and other materials. Paper presented at the 37 th annual meeting of the Psychonomic Society, Chicago, IL.
MAHADEVAN, R., MALONE, J. & BAILEY, J. (2002). Radical behaviorism and exceptional memory phenomena. Behavior & Philosophy, 30, 1-13. [PDF]
GORDON, P., VALENTINE, E. & WILDING, J. (1984). One man’s memory : A study of a mnemonist. British Journal of Psychology, 75, 1-14.
Mahler Schoenberger Margaret (1897-1985) : Psychanalyste américaine d'origine autrichienne et figure marquante de l'école de la psychologie du moi. Elle a étudié la psychose infantile et les différences sexuelles au moyen de techniques d'observation systématique (dans des crèches). Elle est également membre du Groupe de New York et de l'Institut de Psychanalyse de New York. Elle a été analysée par Deutsch.
MAHLER, M. (1973). Symbiose humaine et individuation. Paris : Payot.
MAHLER, M. (1980). La naissance de la psychologiique de l'être humain. Paris : Payot.
STEPANSKY, P.E. (1988). The memoirs of Margaret S. Mahler. New York : Free Press.
Mahon Eugene J. ( ) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste du rêve et du complexe d'Oedipe.

MAHON, E.J. (1991). The "dissolution" of the Oedipus complex : A neglected cognitive factor. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60, 628-634.
MAHON, E.J. (1992). Dreams : A developmental and longitudinal perspective. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 47, 49-65.
MAHON, E.J. (2002). Dreams within dreams. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 57, 118-130.
MAHON, E.J. (2006). The invention of purgatory : A note on the historical pedigree of the superego. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 61, 334-344.
MAHON, E.J. (2013). Mourning, dreaming, and the discovery of the oedipus complex. The Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 82 (4), 877-895.
Mahoney Michael J. (1946-2006) : Psychologue et thérapeute américain. Il a été tour à tour béhavioriste, cognitiviste et socioconstructiviste. Il s'est également intéressé au processus de communication scientifique, et au rôle dans ce processus des comités de lecture. Collaborateur de Bandura et Kazdin.
MAHONEY, M.J. (1974). Cognition and behavior modification. Cambridge, MA : Ballinger.
MAHONEY, M.J. (1977). Publication prejudices : An experimental study of confirmatory bias in the peer review system. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 1 (2), 161-175. [PDF]
MAHONEY, M.J. (2000). How therapists change : Personal and professional reflections In M.R. Goldfried (Ed.), Behaviorism, cognitivism, and constructivism : Reflections on Persons and Patterns in my intellectual development (pp. 183-200). Washington, DC. : American Psychological Association. [LIRE]
MAHONEY, M.J. (2002). Constructivism and positive psychology. In C.R. Snyder & S.J. Lopez (Eds.), Handbook of positive psychology (pp. 745-750). Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press.
MAHONEY, M.J. (2003). Minding science : Constructivism and the discourse of inquiry. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 27, 105-123.
CATANIA, A.C. (1991). The gifts of culture and of eloquence : An open letter to Michael J. Mahoney in reply to his article, "Scientific psychology and radical behaviorism". Behvior Analyst, 14 (1), 61-72. [PDF]
SMUCKER, M.R. (2008). Michael J. Mahoney (1946-2006) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 63 (1), 53-54.
Mahut Helen (Kiev 1920-2010) : Neurobiologiste russe, d'origine polonaise, spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire et de l'amnésie, notamment chez les singes. Collaboratrice de Squire et Zola.
MAHUT, H. (1971) Spatial and object reversal learning in monkeys with partial temporal lobe ablations. Neuropsychologia keys with partial temporal lobe ablations. Neuropsychologia, 9, 409-424.
MAHUT, H. (1972). A selective spatial deficit in monkeys after transection of the fornix. Neuropsychologia, 10, 65-74.
MAHUT, H. & ZOLA, S. (1973). A non-modality specific impairment in spatial learning after fornix lesions in monkeys. Neuropsychologia, 11, 255-269.
MAHUT, H. & ZOLA, S. (1976). Effects of early hippocampal damage in monkeys. Society for Neuroscience, 829.
MAHUT, H., MOSS, M. & ZOLA, S. (1981) Retention deficits after combined amygdalo-hippocampal and selective hippocampal resections in the monkey. Neuropsychologia, 19 (2), 201-225.
Mai 1968 : Mouvement social.
MOSCOVICI, S. (1980). Mai 1968 et la psychologie sociale. Connexions, 29, 127-141.
Norman Raymond Frederick Maier John D. Mayer Ernst Mayr
Steven F. Maier Richard E. Mayer
Maier Norman Raymond Frederick (Sebewaing 1900-1970) : Biopsychologue américain. Collaborateur de Schneirla.
MAIER, N.R.F. & SCHNEIRLA, T.C. (1935). Principles of animal psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill Book Company, inc.
MAIER, N.R.F. (1982). Frustration : The study of behavior without a goal. Greenwood Press
MAIER, N.R.F. (1965). Psychology in industrial organizations. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.
MAIER, N.R.F. (1970). Problem solving and creativity in individuals and groups. Belmont, CA : Brooks/Cole Pub. Co.
MAIER, N.R.F. (1975). The role-play technique : A handbook for management and leadership practice. Pfeiffer & Co.
SOLEM, A. & McKEACHIE, W.J. (1979). Obituary : Norman R.F. Maier (1900-1977). American Psychologist, 34 (3), 266-267.
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). The Chicago Five : A family group of integrative psychobiologists. History of Psychology, 5 (1), 16-37
Maier Steven F. ( ) : Neuropsychologue américain. Avec Seligman et Solomon, il a élaboré une théorie pour expliquer la résignation acquise.
MAIER, S.F., SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & SOLOMON, R.L. (1969). Pavlovian fear conditioning and learned helplessness. In B.A. Campbell & R.M. Church (Eds.), Punishment and aversive behavior (pp. 299-343). New York : Appleton-Century Crofts.
MAIER, S.F., ANDERSON, C. & LIEBERMAN, D.A. (1972). Influence of control of shock on subsequent shock-elicited aggression. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 81, 94-100.
MAIER, S.F. & TESTA, J. (1975). Failure to learn to escape by rats previously exposed to inescapable shock is partly produced by associative interference. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 88, 554-564.
MAIER, S.F. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1976). Learned helplessness : Theory and evidence. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 105 (1), 3-46. [PDF]
MAIER, S.F. & WATKINS, L.R. (2010). Role of the medial prefrontal cortex in coping and resilience. Brain Research, 1355, 52-60. [PDF]
Mailick Marsha R. ( ) : Spécialiste américaine de l'autisme.Collaboratrice de Greenberg. = Seltzer.
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., FLOYD, F., PETTEE, Y. & HONG, J. (2001). Life course impacts of parenting a child with disability. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 106, 265-286.
SELTZER, M.M., ALMEIDA, D.M., GREENBERG, J.S., SAVLA, J., HONG, J. & TAYLOR J.L. (2009). Psychosocial and biological makers of daily lives of midlife parents of children with disabilities. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 50, 1-15
SELTZER, M.M., GREENBERG, J.S., HONG, J., SMITH, L., ALMEIDA, D., COE, C. & STAWSKI, R.S. (2010). Maternal cortisol levels and behavior problems in adolescents and adults with ASD. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 40, 457-469.
SELTZER, M.M., FLOYD, F., SONG, J., GREENBERG, J.S. & HONG, J. (2011). Midlife and aging parents of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities : impacts of lifelong parenting. American Journal on Intellectual & Developmental Disabilities, 116 (6), 479-499. [PDF]
MAILICK, M.R., HONG, J., GREENBERG, J., SMITH, L. & SHERMAN, S. (2014) Curvilinear association of CGG repeats and age at menopause in women with FMR1 premutation expansions. American Journal of Medical Genetics. Part B, Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 165B (8), 705-711.
Maillon faible : Expression utilisée pour désigner dans un groupe l'individu le plus susceptible de changer son opinion ou ses comportements sous la pression sociale des membres du groupe ou d'individu extérieur à celui-ci. On l'utilise également pour identifier l'individu qui, sous la pression sociale, se retourne contre son groupe, le trahit ou en devient l'ennemi. Weak link.
KERR, N.L. & HERTEL, G. (2011). The Köhler group motivation gain : How to motivate the "weak links" in groups. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 5, 43-55.
Voir aussi Jury, Petit groupe et Décision de groupe
Mailloux Noël (Napierville 1905-1997 Napierville) : Psychologue, psychanalyste et théologien québécois. En 1942, il fonde l'Institut de psychologie de l'Université de Montréal, la première école de psychologie francophone au Québec. Professeur de Barbeau, Lussier et Pinard.
Laver les mains Main gauche/Gaucher Main droite/Droitier
Se servir de ses mains  
Lever la main Serrer la main Main invisible
Main(s) (Laver les.. ) : Hand hygiene.
GRANT, A.M. & HOFMANN, D.A. (2011). It's not all about me : Motivating hospital hand hygiene by focusing on patients. Psychological Science, 22, 1494-1499.
Voir aussi Hygiène
Main (Lever la...) : Voir Classe (participation).
Main(s) (Se servir de ses...) : Voir Utilisation d'un outil et Préhension.
Usage des doigts de la main
Agripper Préhension Utilisation d'un outil
Main (Serrer la...) : Comportement prosocial. Handshaking.
ASTROEM, J., THORELL, L., HOLMLUND, U. & D'ELIA, G. (1993). Handshaking, personality, and psychopathology in psychiatric patients : A reliability and correlational study. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 77, 1171-1186.
CHAPLIN, W.F., PHILLIPS, J.B., BROWN, J.D., CLANTON, N.R. & STEIN, J.L. (2000). Handshaking, gender, personality, and first impressions. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 79, 110-117. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement prosocial
Main invisible : Métaphore proposée par Smith pour expliquer les variations de l'économie. Le principe régulateur de la "main" stipule qu'en poursuivant son intérêt individuel, les agents économique contribueraient à la réalisation du bien commun. Invisible hand.
JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013). Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 90 (S), 128-140. [PDF]
Voir aussi Smith et Marché
Mainstream Science on Intelligence : Voir Manifeste du groupe des 52.
Maintenance : Toute activité psychologique qui a pour but de maintenir fonctionnel, en l'état, un objet, un processus. EX: Maintenir la fréquence d'un comportement. = stabilité. Maintenance.
KALL, R.J., KAYE, J.H., WHELAN, A.P. & HOPKINS, B.K. (1968). The effects of prompts and reinforcement on the modification, maintenance, and generalization of social responses. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (3), 307-314. [PDF]
BARTON, E.J. & ASCIONE, F.R. (1979). Sharing in preschool children : Facilitation, stimulus generalization, response generalization, and maintenance. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 417-430 [PDF]
CHANDLER, K. L., LUBECK, R. & FOWLER, S.A. (1992). Generalization and maintenance of preschool children's social skills : A critical review and analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (2), 414-428. [PDF]
Voir aussi Changement
Maio Gregory R. ( ) : Psychosociologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude des valeurs et des attitudes. Collaborateur Fincham, Martin, McCullough et Olson.
MAIO, G.R. & OLSON, J.M. (1998). Attitude dissimulation and persuasion. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 34, 182-201. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R., FINCHAM, F.D. & LYCETT, E.J. (2000). Attitudinal ambivalence toward parents and attachment style. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1451-1464. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R. & ESSES, V.M. (2001). The need for affect : Individual differences in the motivation to approach or avoid emotions. Journal of Personality, 69 (4), 583-615. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R., OLSON, J.M., ALLEN, L. & BERNARD, M.M. (2001). Addressing discrepancies between values and behavior : The motivating effect of reasons. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 37, 104-117. [PDF]
MAIO, G.R. (2002). Values - Truth. The Psychologist, 15 (6), 296-299. [PDF]
Maison hantée : Phénomène paranormal. Poltergeist.
 BAKER, R.A. (2000). The case of the missing poltergeist. Skeptical Briefs, 10 (2), 12-29.
 WISEMAN, R., WATT, C., STEVENS, P., GREENING, E. & O’KEEFE, C. (2003). An investigation into alleged "hauntings". British Journal of Psychology, 94, 195-211. [PDF]
FRENCH, C.C., HAQUE, U., BUNTON-STASYSHYN, R. & DAVIS, R. (2009). The "Haunt" project : An attempt to build a "haunted" room by manipulating complex electromagnetic fields and infrasound. Cortex, 45 (5), 619-629.
Voir aussi Phénomène paranormal
Maison Jacques-Ferron : Ressource alternative en psychiatrie et en santé communautaire.
PICOTTE, F. (1992). Une histoire de la psychanalyse à la Maison Jacques-Ferron : Le dur désir de durer. Filigrane, 10 (1), 109-120. [PDF] + [PDF]
PICOTTE, F. (1999). Éléments d'intervention auprès des personnes dites psychotiques à la maison Jacques-Ferron. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 20 (3), 129-140.
Voir aussi Ressource alternative en psychiatrie
Maîtres (Formation des...) : Voir Formation des enseignants.
Maîtrise (des apprentissages) : Voir Fluidité.
Maîtrise (en psychologie) : Diplôme de deuxième cycle d'une durée de 2 à 3 ans. Au Québec, ce diplôme ou l'équivalent était jusqu'à tout récemment une condition nécessaire, mais non-suffisante, à l'obtention du titre de psychologue et au droit de pratique qui en découle. Depuis le 27 juillet 2006, il faut désormais un doctorat pour devenir membre de l'Ordre des psychologues du Québec. Toutefois, les individus qui ont une maîtrise reconnue par l’Ordre, qu’ils soient ou non membres au moment de l’entrée en vigueur de ce nouveau règlement, continueront d’être admissibles à l’Ordre en tout temps selon les procédures d’admission en vigueur. Maîtrise et doctorat. Master.
LANDRUM, R.E., JEGLUM, E.B. & CASHIN, J.R. (1994). The decision-making processes of graduate admissions committees in psychology. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 9, 239-248.
CATANIA, A.C., DELEON, I.G. & CATALDO, M.F. (2000). A master's program in applied behavior analysis : Contingencies for initiation and maintenance. Behavior Analysis Today, 1, 58-63.
LANDRUM, R.E.& HARROLD, R. (2003). What employers want from psychology graduates. Teaching of Psychology, 30, 131-133.
LANDRUM, R.E. & CLARK, J. (2005). Graduate admissions criteria in psychology : An update. Psychological Reports, 97, 481-484. [PDF]
Voir aussi Doctorat, Formation des thérapeutes et Diplôme
Majorité : Dans un groupe, sous-groupe en supériorité numérique par rapport aux aux autres sous-groupes (donc minoritaires). Majority, majority group.
Types de majorité
Majorité absolue Majorité qualifiée Majorité relative (ou simple)
FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1967). Le style de comportement d'une minorité et son influence sur les réponses d'une majorité. Bulletin du C.E.R.P., 16 (4), 337-360.
Voir aussi Influence et Groupe majoritaire/minoritaire
Majorité absolue : Lors d'une élection, un candidat ou un parti obtient la majorité absolue si 50 % des votants + 1 optent pour lui, ce qui lui permet alors de former le gouvernement et d'exercer le pouvoir.
Si 100 électeurs votent...
Gagnant Perdant Perdant
Parti X Parti Y Parti Y
51 électeurs ont voté pour X 29 électeurs ont voté pour Y 40 électeurs ont voté pour X
Voir aussi Vote et Élection
Majorité qualifiée : Lors d'une élection, un candidat ou un parti obtient la majorité qualifiée s'il est choisi par un nombre de votants supérieur à la majorité absolue mais dont la proportion exacte peut variée. EX : Le 2/3 des suffrages.
Si 99 électeurs votent...
Gagnant Perdant Perdant
Parti X Parti Y Parti Y
66 électeurs ont voté pour X 20 électeurs ont voté pour Y 13 électeurs ont voté pour X
Voir aussi Vote et Élection
Majorité relative Lors d'une élection, un candidat ou un parti obtient la majorité simple s'il est choisi par une part plus grande des votants que ses adversdaires. = majorité simple.
Si 100 électeurs votent...
Gagnant Perdant Perdant
Parti X Parti Y Parti Y
40 électeurs ont voté pour X 35 électeurs ont voté pour Y 25 électeurs ont voté pour X
  FAUCHEUX, C. & MOSCOVICI, S. (1967). Le style de comportement d'une minorité et son influence sur les réponses d'une majorité. Bulletin du C.E.R.P., 16 (4), 337-360.
Voir aussi Influence et Groupe majoritaire/minoritaire
Mal/Maux (de dos, de tête, au ventre) : Voir Douleur à la tête, au dos, au ventre. Pain.
Malade : Celui ou celle qui souffre d'une maladie physique ou mentale. Un malade devient un patient lorsqu'il est soigné par le système de santé. Sick person.
Maladie : Ensemble des troubles qui menace l'équilibre et l'intégrité psychologique ou biologique d'un organisme, et ultimement sa vie. Une maladie engendre généralement (mas pas nécessairement) de la douleur ou de la souffrance. Disease.
Types de maladie
Maladie biologique Maladie dégénérative Maladie respiratoire
Maladie cardiovasculaire Maladie mentale Maladie transmise sexuellement
Maladie chronique Maladie psychosomatique  
Maladie (Coûts de la...) :
DUPONT, R.L., RICE, D.P., SHIRAKI, S. & ROWLAND, C.R. (1995). Economic costs of obsessive compulsive disorder. Medical Interface, 8 (4), 102-109.
KATON, W. (1996). Panic disorder : relationship to high medical utilization, unexplained physical symptoms, and medical costs. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 57 (S10), 11-18.
SOLOMON, R., SOLOMON, J., MICHELI, L.J. & McGRAY, E. (1999). The "cost" of injuries in a professional ballet company : A five-year study. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 14, 164-169.
BONANNO, G.A., BREWIN, C.R., KANIASTY, K. & LA GRECA, A.M. (2011). Weighing the costs of disaster : Consequences, risks, and resilience in individuals, families, and communities. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 11, 1-49. [PDF]
Voir aussi Maladie biologique et Maladie mentale
Maladie administrative : Fausse maladie attribuée à des individus qui éprouvent des difficultés de toute nature, mais qui, dans les faits, ne sont pas vraiment malade. Cette attribution résulte de la conjonction de deux phénomènes : les faux diagnostics et la distribution conditionelle des ressources, notamment en santé mentale et dans le milieu scolaire. En effet dans ces milieux, pour obtenir de l'aide (des ressources), il faut un diagnostic. Les pressions pour obtenir ce diagnostic peuvent parfois nuire à la pertinence du jugement clinique et conduire à de faux diagnostics.
Voir aussi Maladie
Maladie biologique : Par opposition à la maladie mentale, ensemble de maladies dont les origines sont clairement et essentiellement de nature organique. EX: la grippe est une maladie biologique même si ses effets peuvent engendrer de la déprime ou des comportements ou des effets inhabituels (délire ou hallucination engendré par la fièvre). Certaines de ces maladies ont cependant des conséquences psychologiques (EX: cancer); alors que d'autres peuvent être amplifiée par des facteurs de nature psychologique (EX: asthme). Certaines maladies sont d'origine virale, alors que d'autres sont de nature bactérienne. = maladie organique, maladie physique, maladie somatique. /santé, santé physique. Disease, illness, physical disease.
Quelques maladies/problèmes biologiques
Allergie Diabète Infections transmises sexuellement
Alzeihmer Douleur/Mal à la tête Insuffisance respiratoire
Artériosclérose Douleur/Mal au dos Lésion cérébrale
Arthrite Douleur/Mal au ventre Maladie cardiovasculaire
Asthme Épilepsie Maladie d'Huntington
Cancer   Maladie de Parkinson
Coma   Maladie de Pick
Covid-19 Grippe Migraine
Hépatite Rhume
    Sclérose en plaques
Démence Hypertension Ulcère
BOORSE, C. (1975). On the distinction between disease and illness. Philosophy & Public Affairs, 5, 49-68. LINK, B.G. & PELAN, J. (1995). Social conditions as fundamental causes of disease. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 35 (S), 80-94.
TURK D.C., RUDY, T.E. & SALOVEY, P. (1986). Implicit models of illness. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 9, 453- 474. BROWN, P. (1995). Naming and framing : The social construction of diagnosis and illness. Journal of Health & Social Behaviour, 35, 34-52.
COHEN, S. (1988). Psychosocial models of social support in the etiology of physical disease. Health Psychology, 7, 269-297. [PDF] MOSS, P. & DYCK, I. (2003). Women, body, illness. Lanham, MD : Rowman and Littlefield.
SIEGAL, M. (1988). Children’s knowledge of contagion and contamination as causes of illness. Child Development, 59 (5), 1353-1359. LYNCH, E. & MEDIN, D. (2006). Explanatory models of illness : A study of within-culture variation. Cognitive Psychology, 53 (4), 285-309. [PDF]
SPRINGER, K. & RUCKEL, J. (1992). Early beliefs about the cause of illness : Evidence against immanent justice. Cognitive Development, 7 (4), 429-443. COHEN, S., JANICKI-DEVERTS, D. & MILLER, G.E. (2007). Psychological stress and disease. Journal of the American Medical Association, 298, 1685-1687. [PDF]
Voir aussi Maladie mentale
Maladie cardiovasculaire : Maladies du coeur. Maladie cardiovasculaire, infarctus du myocarde et type A et B. Cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease.
ROSENHAM, R.H., FRIEDMAN, M., STRAUS, R., WURM, M., KOSITCHEK, R., HAHN, W. & WERTHESSEN, N.T. (1964). A predictive study of coronary heart disease. Journal of American Medical Association, 189 (1), 15-22. KRANTZ, D. & McCENEY, M.K. (2002). Effects of psychological and social factors on organic disease : a critical assessment of research on coronary heart disease. Annual Review of Psychology, 53 (1), 341-369.
KRANTZ, D.S. & MANUCK, S.B. (1984). Acute psychophysiologic reactivity and risk of cardiovascular disease : a review and methodologic critique. Psychological Bulletin, 96 (3), 435. FELDMAN, P.J., COHEN, S., HAMRICK, N. & LEPORE, S.J. (2004). Psychological stress, appraisal, emotion and cardiovascular response. Psychology & Health, 19, 353-368. [PDF]
COHEN, S. & MATTHEWS, K.A. (1987). Social support, Type A behavior and coronary artery disease. Psychosomatic Medicine, 49, 325-330. [PDF] EVERSON-ROSE, S.A. & LEWIS, T.T. (2005). Psychosocial factors and cardiovascular diseases. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 469-500.
BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & KRANTZ, D.S. (1987). Behavioral assessment and management of cardiovascular disorders. Professional Resource Exchange, Inc. BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (2007). Psychosocial training and cardiac rehabilitation. Journal of Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation & Prevention, 27 (2), 104-107.
MELAMED, S., KUSHNIR, T. & SHIROM, A. (1992). Burnout and risk factors for cardiovascular diseases. Behavioral Medicine, 18, 53-60. WOLFGANG, L. (2009). Review of Psychotherapy with cardiac patients : Behavioural cardiology in practice. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3), 214.
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., MAHANNA, E., MADDEN, D.J. & WHITE, W.J. (1995). Methodological issues in the assessment of neuropsychological function after cardiac operations. Annals of Thoracic Surgery, 59, 1345-50. GRUENEWALD, T.L., COHEN, S., MATTHEWS, K.A., TRACY, R. & SEEMAN, T.E. (2009). Association of socioeconomic status with inflammation markers in black and white men and women in the Coronary Artery Risk Development in Young Adults (CARDIA) study. Social Science & Medicine, 69, 451-459. [PDF]
NEWMAN, M.F., BLUMENTHAL, J.A. & MARK, D.B. (2004). Fixing the heart; Must the brain pay the price. Circulation, 110 (22), 3402-3403. KRANTZ, D.S. & BURG, M.M. (2014). Current perspective on mental stress-induced myocardial ischemia. Psychosomatic Medicine, 76 (3), 168-170.
Voir aussi Maladie biologique et Infarctus
Maladie dégénérative :
Maladies dégénératives
Alzeihmer Démence Maladie de Parkinson
Artériosclérose Maladie d'Huntington Maladie de Pick
Arthrite   Sclérose en plaques
SNOWDEN, J.S., GIBBONS, Z.C., BLACKSHAW, A., DOUBLEDAY, E., THOMPSON, J., CRAUFURD, D., FOSTER, J., HAPPÉ, F. & NEARY, D. (2003). Social cognition in frontotemproal dementia and Huntington's disease. Neuropsychologia, 41 (6), 688-701.
Voir aussi Maladie biologique
Maladie chronique : Chronic health condition.
AMERICAN ACADEMY OF PEDIATRICS (AAP)/Committee on Children with Disabilities and Committee on Psychosoial Aspects of Child and Family Health. (1993). Psychosocial risks of chronic health conditions in childhood and adolescence. Pediatrics, 92, 876-877.
Voir aussi Trouble mental et Maladie biologique
Maladie de Huntington : = Danse de St-Guy. Huntington syndrome, Huntington's chorea.
SEEMAN, P., BZOWEJ, N.H., GUAN, H.C., BERGERON, C., REYNOLDS, G.P., BIRD, E.D., RIEDERER, P, JELLINGER, K. & TOURTELLOTTE, W.W. (1987). Human brain D1 543 and D2 dopamine receptors in schizophrenia, Alzheimer's, Parkinson's, and 544 Huntington's diseases. Neuropsychopharmacology, 1 (1), 5-15.
PHILLPS, J.G., BRADSHAW, J.L, CHIU, E. & BRADSHAW, J.A. (1994). Characteristics of handwriting of patients with Huntington's disease. Movement Disorders, 9, 521-530.
SNOWDEN, J.S., CRAUFURD, D., GRIFFITHS, H., THOMPSON, J.C. & NEARY, D. (2001). Longitudinal evaluation of cognitive disorder in Huntington's disease. Journal of the International Neuropsychological Society, 7 (1), 33-44.
JOEL, D. (2001). Open interconnected model of basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuitry and its relevance to the clinical syndrome of Huntington's disease. Movement Disorders, 16 (3), 407-420. [PDF]
SNOWDEN, J.S., GIBBONS, Z.C., BLACKSHAW, A., DOUBLEDAY, E., THOMPSON, J., CRAUFURD, D., FOSTER, J., HAPPÉ, F. & NEARY, D. (2003). Social cognition in frontotemproal dementia and Huntington's disease. Neuropsychologia, 41 (6), 688-701.
SNOWDEN, J.S., AUSTIN, N.A., SEMBI, S., THOMPSON, J., CRAUFURD, D. & NEARY, D. (2008). Emotion recognition in Huntington's disease and frontotemporal dementia. Neuropsychologia, 46 (11), 2638-2649.
Voir aussi Maladie dégénérative et Syndrome
Maladie de Pick : Type de démence frontotemporale.
SAM, M., GUTMANN, L., SCHOCHET, S.S. & DOSHI H. (1991). Pick's disease : a case clinically resembling amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. Neurology, 41, 1831-1833.
Voir aussi Trouble mental et Maladie biologique
Maladie mentale : Terme générique qui désigne l'ensemble des trouble mentaux. = folie, trouble mental, pathologie, aliénation mentale. Mental disease, mental illnes, mental disorder, nervous mental disorder, insanity.
MOREL, P. (1852). Études cliniques : traité, théorique et pratique des maladies mentales. Paris : Grimblot.
BACHAND, A. (2012). L'imposture de la maladie mentale. Critique du discours psychiatrique. Montréal : Éditions Liber.
Voir aussi Trouble mental
Maladie psychosomatique : Ensemble des maladies organiques dont la cause est ou serait en partie ou en tout de nature psychologique. ( ): eczéma, asthme. Maladie et psychosomatique. Psychosomatic medicine.
Voir aussi Trouble mental et Maladie biologique
Maladie respiratoire : Maladie. = Dyspnée. Respiratory illness, respiratory infection.
COHEN, S., LINE, S., MANUCK, S.B., RABIN, B.S., HEISE, E. & KAPLAN, J.R. (1997). Chronic social stress, social status and susceptibility to upper respiratory infections in nonhuman primates. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59, 213-221. [LIRE]
COHEN, S., DOYLE, W.J. & SKONER, D.P. (1999). Psychological stress, cytokine production, and severity of upper respiratory illness. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 175-180. [LIRE]
COHEN, S. (1999). Social status and susceptibility to respiratory infections. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 246-253. [LIRE]
Voir aussi Maladie biologique
Maladies transmises sexuellement (MTS) : Voir Infection transmise sexuellement. Sexually transmitted diseases.
Voir aussi Maladie biologique
Malagodi Edward F. (1935-1996) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des programmes de renforcement et de la culture. Collaborateur de Branch et Glenn.

MALAGODI, E.F. (1986). On radicalizing behaviorism; A call for cultural anaysis. Behavior Analyst, 9 (1), 1-19. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L. & PALERMI, G. (1978). Responding maintained under fixed-interval and fixed-time schedules of electric shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 271-279. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F., GARDNER, M.L., WARD, S.E. & MAGYAR, R.L. (1981). Responding maintained under intermittent schedules of electric-shock presentation : "Safety" or schedule effects ? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 36 (2), 171-190. [PDF]
MALAGODI, E.F. & JACKSON, K. (1989). Behavior analysis and cultural analysis : Troubles and issues. The Behavior Analyst, 12, 17-33. [PDF]
PITTS, R.C. & MALAGODI, E.F. (1991). Preference for less frequent shock under fixed-interval schedules of electric-shock presentation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 56 (1), 21-32. [PDF]
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1997). Edward F. Malagodi (1935-1995). Behavior Analysist, 20 (1), 37-38. [PDF] + [PDF]
Malamuth Neil M. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste américain et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle et de la pornographie. Collaborateur d'Anderson, Becker, Berkowitz, Briere, Buss, Check, Donnerstein et Huesmann.
MALAMUTH, N. (1979). Violence and responsibility. Contemporary Psychology, 8, 651-652.
MALAMUTH, N.M. & CHECK, J.V.P. (1981). The effects of mass media exposure on acceptance of violence against women : a field experiment. Journal of Research in Personality, 15, 436-446. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N. & BRIERE, J. (1986). Sexual violence in the media : Indirect effects on aggression against women. Journal of Social Issues, 42 (3), 75-92. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N.M., CHECK, J.V.P. & BRIERE, J. (1986). Sexual arousal in response to aggression : Ideological, aggressive, and sexual correlates. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (2), 330-340. [PDF]
MALAMUTH, N., ADDISON, T. & KOSS, M. (2000). Pornography and sexual aggression : Are there reliable effects and can we understand them ? Annual Review of Sex Research, 11, 26-91. [PDF]
Malcuit Gérard ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste québécois et professeur à la retraite de l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il étudie l'apprentissage et l'attention chez les nourrissons et les jeunes enfants. Professeur de Marchand. Collaborateur de Granger et Pomerleau.
MALCUIT, G., GRANGER, L. et LAROCQUE, A. (1972). Les thérapies behaviorales. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
POMERLEAU, A. et MALCUIT, G. (1983). L'enfant et son environnement. Montréal : PUQ.
MALCUIT, G., POMERLEAU, A. et MAURICE, P. (1995). Psychologie de l'apprentissage : termes et concepts. Paris : Edisem.
POMERLEAU, A., MALCUIT, G. et JULIEN, M. (1996). Contextes de vie familiale au cours de la petite enfance. In R. Tessier, C. Bouchard et G.M. Tarabulsky (Eds.), Enfance et famille : contextes de développement. Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
POMERLEAU, A., LACROIX, V., MALCUIT, G. & SÉGUIN, R. (1999). Content of mothers' speech, child's language and cognitive development in different socioeconomic groups : A longitudinal study. New Mexico : Society for Research in Child Development (SRCD).
Malécot Gustave (1911-1998) : Mathématicien et généticien français, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'hérédité et la génétique des populations. On lui doit les concepts de coefficient de parenté génétique et de cosanguinité.
MALÉCOT, G. (1941). Étude mathématique des populations "mendéliennes". Annales de l'Université de Lyon. Sciences. Section A, 4, 45-60.
MALÉCOT, G. (1942). Mendélisme et consanguinité. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des Sciences de Paris, 215, 313-314.
MALÉCOT, G. (1945). La diffusion des gènes dans une population mendélienne. Comptes Rendus de l'Académie des sciences de Paris, 221, 340-342.
MALÉCOT, G. (1948/69). Les mathématiques de l'hérédité / The mathematics of heredity. Masson, Paris/W. H. Freeman : San Francisco.
MALÉCOT, G. (1975). Heterozygosity and relationship in regularly subdivided populations. Theoretical Population Biology, 8, 212-241.
Malhonnêteté/Malhonnête : Voir Honnêteté.
Malinowski Kaspar Bronislaw (Cracovie Pologne 1884-1942) : Ethnologue et sociologue polonais. Il est le père du fonctionnalisme anthropologique. Il a également élaboré une technique d'observation sur le terrain : l'observation participante.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1921/2001). La sexualité et sa répression dans les sociétés primitives. Paris : Éditions Payot.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1930/70). La vie sexuelle des sauvages du Nord-ouest de la Mélanésie. Description ethnographique des démarches amoureuses, du mariage et de la vie de famille des indigènes des Iles Trobriand de la Nouvelle-Guinée. Paris : Payot Éditeur.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1922/89). Les Argonautes du Pacifique occidental. Paris : Gallimard.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1927/32/76/90). La sexualité et sa répression dans les sociétés primitives. Paris : Payot.
MALINOWSKI, B. (1933/68/2001). Trois essais sur la vie sociale des primitifs. Paris : Payot.
Malle Bertram F. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste des attributions et de la théorie naïve de la personnalité. Collaborateur de Horowitz, Knobe, Pratto et Sidanius.
MALLE, B.F. & HOROWITZ, M. (1995). The puzzle of negative self-views : An explanation using the schema concept. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 68, 470-484. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (1999). How people explain behavior : A new theoretical framework. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 3, 23-48. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J., O’LAUGHLIN, M., PEARCE, G.E. & NELSON, S.E. (2000). Conceptual structure and social functions of behavior explanations : Beyond person-situation attributions. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 79, 309. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F. (2006). The relation between judgments of intentionality and morality. Journal of Cognition & Culture, 6, 61-86. [PDF]
MALLE, B.F., KNOBE, J. & NELSON, S.E (2007). Actor-Observer asymmetries in explanations of behavior : New answers to an old question. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 93, 491-514. [PDF]
Malmendier Ulrike M. ( ) : Économiste allemande et spécialiste de l'étude du comportement des leaders, notamment des présidents direteurs généraux.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2005). CEO Overconfidence and corporate investment. Journal of Finance, 60 (6), 2661-2700.
MALMENDIER, U. (2005). Does overconfidence affect corporate investment ? CEO overconfidence measures revisited. European Financial Management, 11 (5), 649-659. [PDF]
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2008). Who makes acquisitions ? CEO overconfidence and the market's reaction. Journal of Financial Economics, 89 (1), 20-43.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2009). Superstar CEOs. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (4), 1593-1638.
MALMENDIER, U. & TATE, G. (2015). Behavioral CEOs: On the Role of Managerial Overconfidence. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 29 (4), 37-60.
Malnutrition : Malnutrition.
BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition, poverty and intellectual development. Scientific American, 274, 38-43. [PDF]
John C. Malone Thomas W. Malone
Malone John C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Bailey, Mahadavan et Staddon.
MALONE, J.C. & STADDON, J.E.R. (1973). Contrast effects in maintained generalization gradients. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (1), 167-179. [PDF]
MALONE, J.C. (1978). Beyond the operant analysis of behavior. Behavior Therapy, 9, 584-591.
MALONE, J.C. (2001). Ontology recapitulates philology : Willard Quine, pragmatism, and radical behaviorism. Behavior & Philosophy, 29, 63-74. [PDF]
MALONE, J.C. (2003). Advances in behaviorism : It’s not what it used to be. Journal of Behavioral Education, 12, 85-89. [PDF]
MALONE, J.C. (2006). Response-contingent reinforcement : Notes on the law of effect. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 7 (2), 103-106. [PDF]
Malone Thomas W. ( ) : Psychologue organisationel et spécialiste de la motivation intrinsèque et des organisations. Collaborateur de Chabris et Lepper.
MALONE, T.W. (1981). Toward a theory of intrinsically motivating instruction. Cognitive Science, 5 (4), 333-369.
MALONE, T.W., YATES, J. & BENJAMIN, R.I. (1987). Electronic markets and electronic hierarchies. Communications of the ACM, 30 (6), 484-497.
MALONE, T.W. & LEPPER, M.R. (1987). Making learning fun : A taxonomy of intrinsic motivations for learning. Aptitude, Learning, & Instruction 3, 223-253.
MALONE, T.W., CROWSTON, K.G., LEE, J., PENTLAND, B., DELLAROCAS, C., WYNER, G., QUIMBY, J., OSBORN, C.S., BERNSTEIN, A., HERMAN, G., KLEIN, M. & O'DONNELL, E. (1999). Tools for inventing organizations : Toward a handbook of organizational processes. Management Science, 45 (3), 425-443.
MALONE, T.W, LAUBACHER, R.J. & DELLAROCAS, C. (2010). The collective inttelligence genome. Sloan Management Review, 5 (3), 21-31.
Maria E. Malott Richard W. Malott
Malott Maria E. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américaine. Elle s'intéresse notamment à l'aménagement de la culture et aux changements organisationels. Collaboratrice de Glenn et Malott.
MALOTT, M.E. (1992). Designing a humanitarian culture : An analysis of the cuban experiment. Behavior and Social Issues, 2 (2), 99-118.
MALOTT, M.E. (2004). Toward the globalization of behavior analysis. The Behavior analyst, 27(1), 25-32.
MALOTT, M.E. & GLENN, S.S. (2006). Targets of intervention in cultural and behavioral change. Behavior & Social Issues, 15 (1), 31–56.
MALOTT, M.E. (2015). What studying leadership can teach us about the science of behavior. The Behavior analyst, 39 (1), 1-28.
MALOTT, M.E. (2016). What studying leadership can teach us about the science of behavior. Behavior Analyst, 39 (1), 47-74. [PDF]
Malott Richard W. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'autisme, à la procrastination et aux règles de contingence. Étudiant de Cumming, Keller, Schoenfeld. Collaborateur de Baer, Favell, Glenn, Hineline, Malott, Michael et Morris.
MALOTT, R.W. & CUMMING, W.W. (1966). Concurrent schedules of interresponse time reinforcement : probability of reinforcement and the lower bounds of the reinforced interresponse time intervals. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9 (4), 317-325. [PDF]
MALOTT, R.W. (1989). The achievement of evasive goals : control by rules describing contingencies that are not direct acting. In S.C. Hayes (Ed.), Rule-governed behavior : Cognition, contingencies & instructional control (pp. 269-319). New York : Plenum Press.
MALOTT, R.W., SHIMAMUNE, S. & MALOTT, M.E. (1993). Rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior management : An analysis of interventions. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 103-116.
MALOTT, R.W. (1993). A theory of rule-governed behavior and organizational behavior management. Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, 12, 45-65.
MALOTT, R.W. (2004). Autistic behavior, behavior analysis, and the gene. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 20, 31-36. [PDF]
Malpighi Marcello (Bologne 1628-1694 Rome) : Biologiste et anatomiste italien, spécialisé dans l'étude des insectes. Il est le père de l'histologie et l'un des inventeurs du microscope.
MEYER, A.W. (1930). Malpighi as anatomist. Science, 72 (1862), 234-238.
PICCOLINO, M. (1999). Marcello Malpighi and the difficult birth of modern life sciences. Endeavour, 23 (4), 175-179.
Maltby John ( ) : Psychologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la chance et de l'adulation. Collaborateur de McCutcheon.
MALTBY, J., LEWIS, C.A. & ILL, A.P. (1998). Oral pessimism and depressive symptoms : A comparison with other correlates of depression. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 71, 195-200.
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2001). The Irrational Beliefs Survey, one factor or four ? A replication of Mahoney's (1997) findings. The Journal of Psychology, 135, 462-464.
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., GILL, P. COLLEY, A. & WODD, A.M (2008). Beliefs around luck : Confirming the empirical conceptualization of beliefs around luck and the development of the Darke and Freedman Beliefs Around Luck scale. Personality & Individual Differences, 45, 655-660. [PDF]
MALTBY, J., DAY, L., PINTO, D.G., HOGAN, R.A. & WODD, A.M. (2013). Beliefs in being unlucky and deficits in executive functioning. Consciousness & Cognition, 22, 137-147. [PDF]
MALTBY, J. & DAY, L. (2017). Regulatory motivations in celebrity interest : Self-suppression and self-expansion. Psychology of Popular Media Culture, 6 (2), 103-112. [PDF]
Malthus Thomas (1766-1834) : Économiste avant la lettre. Ses travaux ont porté sur la démographie et la compétition entre les individus pour l'obtention des ressources. Ses travaux sur la surpopulation aurait influencé Darwin.
MALTHUS, T. (1798). An essay on the principle of population as it affects the future improvement of society, wth remarks on the speculations of Mr Godwin, M. Condorcet, and other writers/Essai sur le principe de population.
MALTHUS, T. (1803). An essay on the principle of population; or, a view of its past and present effects on human happiness; with an inquiry into our prospects resecting the future removal or mitigation of the evils which it occasions.
Maltraitance : Désigne l'ensemble des mauvais traitements infligés à une personne dépendante (enfants, certains handicapés, certaines femmes, certains personnes agées, etc.) par les parents, les proches ou les individus responsables de cette personne (soignants et autorités des hôpitaux et des instituts psychiatriques). Ce concept englobe les sévices physiques, psychologiques, sexuels, ainsi que la négligence (absence ou insuffisance de soins). N.D.L.R. En ce sens, le mot abus est un anglicisme. Maltraitance, violence et négligence. /bientraitance. Abuse, physical abuse.
Maltraitance envers les enfants Maltraitance envers les handicapés
Maltraitance envers les femmes Maltraitance envers les vieux adultes
APPLEBAUM, A.S. (1977). Developmental retardation in infants as a concomitant of physical child abuse. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 5, 417-423. De JONG, T.L. & GOREY, K.M. (1996). Short-term versus long-term group work with female survivors of childhood sexual abuse : A brief meta-analytic review. Social Work with Groups, 19 (1), 19-27.
BELSKY, J. (1980). Child maltreatment : an ecological integration. American psychologists, 35, 320-336. TESSIER, R., TARABULSY, G.M. et ETHER, L.S. (1996). Dimensions de la maltraitance. Québec : Presses de l'Université du Québec.
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. (1981). Attachment and early maltreatment. Child Development, 52, 44-52. ORNSTEIN, P.A., CECI, S.J. & LOFTUS, E.F. (1996). Adult recollections of childhood abuse : Cognitive and developmental perspectives. In J.L. Alpert, L.S. Brown, S.J. Ceci, C.A. Courtois, E.F. Loftus & P.A. Ornstein (Eds.), Working group of investigation of memories of childhood abuse : Final Report. American Psychological Association.
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. (1981). Developmental sequelae of maltreatment in infancy. In D. Cicchetti & R. Rizley (Eds.), New directions in child development : Developmental approaches to child maltreatment. San Francisco : Jossey Bass.  
ISAACS, C.D. (1982). Treatment of child abuse : a review of the behavioral interventions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,15 (2), 273-294. [PDF] KEANEY, J. & FARLEY, M. (1996). Dissociation in an outpatient sample of women reporting childhood sexual abuse. Psychological Reports, 78, 59-65.
EGELAND, B. & SROUFE, L.A. & ERIKSON, M. (1983). The developmental consequences of different patterns of maltreatment. Child Abuse & Neglect, 7, 155-157. ROSS, S. (1996). Risk of physical abuse to children of spouse abusing parents. Child Abuse & Neglect, 20, 589-598.
OATES, R., FORREST, D. & PEACOCK, A. (1985). Self-esteem of abused children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 9, 159-163. GRAYSTON, A.D. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1996). Social validity of group treatment for sexually abused boys. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 18 (2), 1-16.
FINKELHOR, D. & BROWNE, A. (1985). The traumatic impact of child sexual abuse : A conceptualization. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 55, 530-541. ROMANO, E., GRAYSTON, A.D, DE LUCA, R.V. & GILLIS, M.A. (1996). The Thematic Apperception Test as an outcome measure in the treatment of sexual abuse : Preliminary findings. Journal of Child & Youth Care, 10 (4), 37-50.
WOLFE, D. (1985). Child-abusive parents : An empirical review and analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 462-482. ROMANO, E. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1997). Exploring the relationship between childhood sexual abuse and adult sexual perpetration. Journal of Family Violence, 12 (1), 85-98.
FINKELHOR, D. (1986). Abusers : Special topics. Dans D. Finkelhor (Ed.), A sourcebook on child sexual abuse (pp. 119-142). Beverley Hills : Sage. FENDRICH, M., MACKESY-AMITI, M.E., WISLAR, J.S. & GOLDSTEIN PJ. (1997). Childhood abuse and the use of inhalants : differences by degree of use. American Journal of Public Health, 87 (5), 765-769. [PDF]
BROWNE, A. & FINKELOR, D. (1986). Impact of child sexual abuse : A review of the research. Psychological Bulletin, 99 (1), 66-77. CHEASTY, M., CLARE, A.W. & COLLINS, C. (1998). Relation between sexual abuse in childhood and adult depression : case-control study. British Medical Journal, 316 (7126), 198-201. [PDF]
GARBARINO, J., GUTTMANN, E., GUTTMANN, S. & WILSON, J. (1986). The psychologically battered child. San Francisco : JosseyBass. BOLGER, K.E., PATTERSON, C.J. & KUPERSMIDT, J.B. (1998). Peer relationships and self-esteem among children who have been maltreated. Child Development, 69 (4), 1171-1197. [PDF]
BURGESS, R.L. (1986). Social incompetence as a precipitant to and consequence of child maltreatment. Victimology : An International Journal, 10, 72-86. MILLER, C.L. & PERRIN, R.D. (1999). Child maltreatment : An introduction. Thousand Oaks : Sage Publications
SEAGULL, E. (1987). Social support and child maltreatment : A review of the evidence. Child Abuse & Neglect, 11, 41-52. BURGESS, R.L. & DRAIS, A.A. (1999). Beyond the "Cinderella Effect" : Life-history theory and child maltreatment. Human Nature, 10, 373-398.
FINKELHOR, D. (1987). The sexual abuse of children : Current research reviewed. Psychiatric Annals : The Journal of Continuing Psychiatric Education, 17 (4), 233-241. COOPER, R. (2000). The impact of child abuse on children’s play: A conceptual model. Occupational Therapy International, 7, 259-276.
WALKER, C.E., BONNER, B.L. & KAUFMAN, K.L. (1988). The physically and sexually abused child : Evaluation and treatment. New York : Pergamon Press. ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D., DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER, M.R. (2000). A model intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist, 40, 492-497.
BURGESS, R.L. KURLAND, J.A. & PENSKY, E.E. (1988). Ultimate and proximate determinants of child maltreatment : Natural selection, ecological instability and coercive interpersonal contingencies. In K. MacDonald (Ed.), Sociobiological perspectives on human development (pp. 293-319). New York : Springer-Verlag. MOLNAR, B.E., BURKA, S.L. & KESSLER, R.C. (2001). Child sexual abuse and subsequent psychopathology : Results from the National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Public Health, 91 (5), 753-760. [PDF]
CAVAIOLA, A.A. & SCHIFF, M. (1988). Behavioral sequelae of physical and/or sexual abuse in adolescents. Child Abuse & Neglect, 12, 181-188. FARLEY, M. & PATSALIDES, B. (2001). Physical symptoms, posttraumatic stress disorder, and healthcare utilization of women with and without childhood physical and sexual abuse. Psychological Reports, 89, 595-606.
  REECE, R.M. (2001). Child abuse : Medical dagnosis and management. Williams and Wilkins.
ZURAVIN, S. (1988). Child maltreatment and teenage forst births : A relationship mediated by chronic sociodemographic stress ? American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 58, 91-103. VAN CAMP, C.M., BORRERO, J.C. & VOLLMER, T. R. (2002). The role of behavior analysis in the assessment and treatment of abused and neglected children. The Behavior Analyst Today, 3, 389-404.
FANTUZZO, J.W. & LINQUIST, C.U. (1989). The effects of observing conjugal violence on children : A review and analysis of research methodology. Journal of Family Violence, 4, 77-94. BRIERE, J. (2002). Treating adult survivors of severe childhood abuse and neglect : Further development of an integrative model In J.E.B. Myers, L. Berliner, J., Briere, C.T. Hendrix, T. Reid & C. Jenny (Eds.)The APSAC handbook on child maltreatment (pp. 175-202). Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications. [PDF]
PARADISE, J.E. (1989). Predictive accuracy and the diagnosis of sexual abuse : A big issue about a little tissue. Child Abuse & Neglect, 13, 169-176. EGELAND, B. YATES, T., APLEYARD, K. & VAN DULMEN, M. (2002). The long-term consequences of maltreatment in the early years. Children’s Services : Social Policy, Research & Practice, 5 (4), 249-260.
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1989). Child maltreatment, infant-parent attachment security, and dysfuntional peer relationships in toddlerhood. Topics in Earlh Childhood Special Education, 9, 1-15. GIBB, B.E., ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2003). Global reports of childhood maltreatment versus recall of specific maltreatment experiences : Relationships with dysfunctional attitudes and depressive symptoms. Cognition & Emotion, 17, 903-915.
YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & BELSKY, J. (1990). Social and emotional consequences of child maltreatment. In R.T. Ammerman and M. Hersen (Eds.), Children at risk : An evaluation of factors contributing to child abuse and neglect (pp. 109-148). New York : Plenum. BOLGER, K.E. & PATTERSON, C.J. (2003). Sequelae of child maltreatment: Vulnerability and resilience. In S.S. Luthar (Ed.), Resilience and vulnerability: Adaptation in the context of childhood adversities (pp. 156-181). New York : Cambridge University Press.
FINKELHOR, D. (1990). Early and long-term effects of child sexual abuse : An update. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 21, 325-330. MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2003). Co-occurrence between marital aggression and parents’ child abuse potential : The impact of cumulative stress. Violence & Victims, 18, 243-258.
BRIERE, J.N. & RUNTZ, M. (1990). Differential adult symptomatology associated with three types of child abuse histories. Child Abuse & Neglect, 14, 357-364. MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2004). Children's violence exposure in the family and community. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 152-155.
CLAUSSEN, A.H. & CRITTENDEN, P.M. (1991). Physical and psychological maltreatment : Relations among types of maltreatment. Child Abuse & Neglect, 15, 5-18. STERMAC, L.,DEL BOVE, G. & ADDISON, M. (2004). Stranger and acquaintance sexual assault of adult males. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 19, 901-915.
HIEBERT-MURPHY, D., DE LUCA, R.V. & RUNTZ, M. (1992). Group treatment for sexually abused girls: Evaluating outcome using parent and self report measures. Families in Society, 73(4), 205-213. LACHS, M.S. & PILLEMER K. (2004). Elder abuse. Lancet, 364, 1263-1272.
GRAYSTON, A.D., DE LUCA, R.V. & BOYES, D.A. (1992). Self-esteem, anxiety, and loneliness in preadolescent girls who have experienced sexual abuse. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 22 (4), 277-287. GOLDSMITH, R. & FREYD, J.J. (2005). Awareness for emotional abuse. Journal of Emotional Abuse, 5 (1), 95-123.
YAMA, M.F., TOVEY, S.L. & FOGAS, B.S. (1993). Childhood family environment and sexual abuse as predictors of anxiety and depression in adult women. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 63, 136-141. CHAFFIN, M. (2006). The changing focus of child maltreatment research and practice within psychology. Journal of Social Issues, 62, 663-684. [PDF]
BELSKY, J. (1993). Etiology of child maltreatment : A developmental- ecological analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 413-434. CICCHETTI, D. & VALENTINO, K. (2006). An ecological-transactional perspective on child maltreatment: Failure of the average expectable environment and its influence on child development. In D. Cicchetti & D.J. Cohen (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology : Risk, disorder, and adaptation (Vol 3 pp. 129-201). Hoboken, NJ, US : John Wiley & Sons.
MALINOSKY-RUMMELL, R. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Long-term consequences of childhood physical abuse. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 68-79. TOURIGNY, M., DOMOND, P., TROCMÉ, N., SIOUI, B. & BARIL, K. (2007). Incidence of maltreatment of aboriginal children in Quebec reported to youth protection : Intercultural comparison. First Peoples Child & Family Review, 3 (3), 103-119. [PDF]
FINKELHOR, D. (1994). Current Information on the scope and nature of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children, 4 (2), 31-53. [PDF] PRATHER, W. & GOLDEN, J.A. (2009). A behavioral perspective of childhood trauma and attachment issues : Toward alternative treatment approaches for children with a history of abuse. International Journal of Behavioral & Consultation Therapy, 5 (1), 56-74. [PDF]
LINDSAY, D.S. & READ, J.D. (1994). Psychotherapy and memories of childhood sexual abuse : A cognitive perspective. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 8, 281-338. TOURIGNY, M. & HÉBERT, M. (2007). Comparison of open versus closed group interventions for sexually abused adolescent girls. Violence & Victims, 22 (3), 335-350. [PDF]
HACK, T.F., OSACHUCK, T.A. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1994). Group treatment for sexually abused preadolescent boys. Families in Society, 75, 217-228. ALAGGIA, R. & MILLINGTON, G. (2008). Male child sexual abuse : A phenomenology of betrayal. Clinical Social Work Journal, 36,265-275.
FINKELHOR, D. (1994). Current Information on the scope and nature of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children, 4 (2), 31-53. [PDF] UNGER, J.M., NORTON, G. R. & DE LUCA, R.V. (2009). The relationship between a history of child abuse and gender role attitudes. Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 18 (6), 641-654.
BRIERE, J. & ELLIOTT, D.M. (1994). Immediate and long-term impacts of child sexual abuse. The Future of Children, 4 (2), 55-69. [PDF] SHAFFER, A., YATES, T.M. & EGELAND, B.R. (2009). The relation of emotional maltreatment to early adolescent competence : Developmental processes in a prospective study. Child Abuse & Neglect 33, 36-44. [PDF]
HAYNES-SEMAN, C. & BAUMGARTEN, D. (1994). Children speak for themselves. Using the Kempe Interactional Assessment to evaluate allegations of parent-child sexual abuse. New York : Brunner/Mazel. EGELAND, B. (2009). Taking stock : Childhood emotional maltreatment and developmental psychopathology. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33, 22-36.
GRAYSTON, A.D. & DE LUCA, R.V. (1995). Group therapy for boys who have experienced sexual abuse : Is it the treatment of choice ? Journal of Child and Adolescent Group Therapy, 5 (2) 57-82. UNGER, J.M., NORTON G.R. & De LUCA, R.V. (2009). The relationship between a history of child abuse and gender role attitudes. Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 18 (6), 641-654.
ELLIOTT, D.M. & BRIÈRE, J. (1995). Posttraumatic stress associated with delayed recall of sexual abuse : A general population study. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 8, 629-647. [PDF] BRIÈRE, J. & JORDAN, C.E. (2009). Childhood maltreatment, intervening variables, and adult psychological difficulties in women : An overview. Trauma, Violence & Abuse, 10 (4), 375-388. [PDF]
POOLE, D.A., LINDSAY, D.S., MEMON, A. & BUUL, R. (1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of childhood sexual abuse : U.S. and British practitioners'opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 426-437. TOURIGNY, M., JACOB, M., MAYER, M., DAIGNEAULT, I., HÉBERT, M. & WRIGHT, J. (2009). Facteurs associés à la rétention des signalements impliquant une situation d’abus sexuel. Child Abuse & Neglect, 33 (12), 888-896. [PDF]
DE LUCA, R.V., BOYES, D. A., GRAYSTON, A.D. & ROMANO, E. (1995). Sexual abuse: Effects of group therapy on preadolescent girls. Child Abuse Review, 4, 263-277. WILSON, H.W. & WIDOM, S.C. (2010). The role of youth problem behaviors in the path from child abuse and neglect to prostitution : A prospective examination. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 20 (1), 210-236. [PDF]
DE LUCA, R.V., BOYES, D.A., GRAYSTON, A.D. & ROMANO, E. (1995). Sexual abuse : Effects of group therapy on preadolescent girls. Child Abuse Review, 4, 263-277. HERRENKOHL, T.I., KLIKA, J.B., HERRENKOHL, R.C., RUSSO, M.J. & DEE, T. (2012). A prospective investigation of the relationship between child maltreatment and indicators of adult psychological well-being. Violence & Victims, 27 (5), 764-776. [PDF]
Voir aussi Punition physique, Violence et Négligence
Maltraitance envers les enfants : Voir Enfant maltraîté.
Mammaire (Implant) : Voir Chirurgie.
Mamassian Pascal ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine française, spécialisé dans l'étude de la vision, de la perception et des habiletés motrices.
MAMASSIAN, P., KERSTEN D. & KNILL, D.C. (1996). Categorical local-shape perception. Perception, 25 (1), 95-107.
MAMASSIAN, P. (1997). Prehension of objects oriented in three-dimensional space. Experimental Brain Research, 114 (2), 235-245.
MAMASSIAN, P. (2004). Impossible shadows and the shadow correspondence problem. Perception, 33 (11), 1279-1290. [PDF]
MAMASSIAN, P. (2008). Overconfidence in an objective anticipatory motor task. Psychological Science, 19 (6), 601-606. [PDF]
MAMASSIAN, P. & LANDRY, M.S. (2010). It's that time again. Nature Neuroscience, 13, 914-916. [PDF]
Mammarella Nicola ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine italienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire, notamment de l'effet d'espacement. Il s'intéresse également aux effets cognitifs du vieillisement. Collaborateur de Russo.
MAMMARELLA, N., RUSSO, R. & AVONS, S.E. (2002). Spacing effects in cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar faces and nonwords. Memory & Cognition, 30 (8), 1238-1251. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., AVONS, S.E. & RUSSO, R. (2004). A short-term perceptual priming account of spacing effects in explicit cued-memory tasks for unfamiliar stimuli. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 16 (3), 387-402.
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & CORNOLDI, C. (2007). Does music enhance cognitive performance in healthy older adults ? The Vivaldi effect. Aging Clinical & Experimental Research, 19 (5), 394-399.
MAMMARELLA, N., FAIRFIELD, B. & DI DOMENICO, A. (2014). Does emotion modulate the efficacy of spaced learning in recognition memory ? Cogent Psychology, 1. [PDF]
MAMMARELLA, N., BORELLA, E. & FAIRFIELD, B. (2014). Applying the concept of cognitive style to cognitive aging. Annals Gerontology Geriatric Research, 1 (2), [PDF]
Mammifère : Classe d'animaux vertébrés et vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un coeur à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur corps est constante. Certains mammifères sont herbivores, alors que d'autres sont carnivores. ( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessus. Mammal.
Babouin Cobaye Léopard Otarie
Baleine Cochon d'inde Lion Ours
Bélier Coyote Loup Phoque
Béluga Dauphin Lycaon Panda
Capucin Écureuil Lynx Porc
Caribou Éléphant Macaque Rat
Cerf Furet Mandrill Raton-laveur
Chat Gibbon Marmotte Renard
Chauve-souris Girafe Morse Singe
Cheval Gorille Mouffette Souris
Chèvre Humain Mouton Tamarin
Chien Hyène Narval Tigre
Chimpanzé Langur Orang-outan Vache
  Lapin Orignal Vervet
  GAGE, F.H. (2000). Mammalian neural stem cells. Science, 287 (5457), 1433-1438.
SIMPSON, G.G. (1935). The first mammals. Quarterly Review of Biology, 10, 154-180. LIPP, H.P., PLESKACHEVA, M.G., GOSSWEILER, H., RICCERI, L., SIRNOV, A.A., GARIN, N.N., PEREPIOKINA, O.P., VORONKOV, D.N., KUPTOV, P.A. & DELL'OMO, G. (2001). A large outdoor radial maze for comparative studies in birds and mammals. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 25, 83-99. [PDF]
  SPINKA, M., NEWBERRY, R.C. & BEKOFF, M. (2001). Mammalian play : Training for the unexpected. Quarterly Review of Biology, 76, 141-168.
BURT, W.H. (1943). Territoriality and home range concepts as applied to mammals. Journal of Mammalogy, 24, 346-352. DE VRIES, G.J. & SIMERLY, R. (2002). Anatomy, development and function of sexually dimorphic neural circuits in the mammalian brain. In D.W. Pfaff, et al. (Eds.), Hormones, brain and behavior. New York : Elsevier.
ALTMAN, J. (1962). Are neurons formed in the brains of adult mammals ? Science, 135, 1127-1128. [PDF] PROVENCIO, I., ROLLAG, M.D. & CASTRUCCI, A.M. (2002). Photoreceptive net in the mammalian retina : This mesh of cells may explain how some blind mice can still tell day from night. Nature, 415, 493.
  GOULD, E. & GROSS, C.G. (2002). Neurogenesis in adult mammals : some progress and problems. The Journal of Neuroscience, 22, 619-623. [PDF]
GOTTLIEB, G. (1971). Ontogenesis of sensory function in birds and mammals. In E. Tobach, L.R. Aronson & E. Shaw (Eds.), The biopsychology of development (pp. 67-128). New York : Academic Press. ZHAO M., MOMMA, S. & DELFANI, K. (2003). Evidence for neurogenesis in the adult mammalian substantia nigra. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100 (13), 7925-7930.
GAMBARYAN, P. (1974). How mammals run : Anatomical adaptations. New York : Wiley. SHARPE, L.L. (2003). Play does not enhance social cohesion in a cooperative mammal. Animal Behaviour, 20, 551-558.
ZEPELIN, H. & RECHTSCHAFFEN, A. (1974). Mammalian sleep, longevity, and energy metabolism. Brain Behavior & Evolution, 10, 425-470. PARENT, J.M. (2003). Injury-induced neurogenesis in the adult mammalian brain. Neuroscientist, 9, 261-272.
DELANY, M.J. (1974). The ecology of small mammals. London : Edward Arnold. BARTON, R.A., AGGLETON, J.P. & GRENYER, R. (2003). Evolutionary coherence of the mammalian amygdala. Proceedings of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 270(1514), 539-543. [PDF]
BANFIELD, A.W.F. (1974). Les mammifères du Canada. Québec : Les Presses de l'Université Laval. ROSENWASSER, A.M. (2003). Neurobiology of the mammalian circadian system : Oscillators, pacemakers and pathways. In S.J. Fluharty & H. Grill (Eds.), Progress in psychobiology and physiological psychology (Vol. 18). New York : Elsevier.
ALLISON, T. & CICCHETTI, D.V. (1976). Sleep in mammals : Ecological and constitutional correlates. Science, 194, 732-734.  BAYER, S.A. & ALTMAN, J. (2004). Development of the preoptic area : Time and site of origin, migratory routes, and settling patterns of its neurons. The Journal of Comparative Neurology, 265 (1), 65-95.
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170. MING, G.-L. & SONG, H. (2005). Adult neurogenesis in the mammalian central nervous system. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 28, 223-250. [PDF]
 BROWN, R.E. (1979). Mammalian social odors : A critical review. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 10, 103-162.  O’REGAN, H.J., ANDREW C. & KITCHENER, A.C. (2005). The effects of captivity on the morphology of captive, domesticated and feral mammals. Mammal Review, 35 (3-4), 215-230. [PDF]
GALEF, B.G. (1983). Costs and benefits of mammalian reproduction. In H. Moltz & L. Rosenblum (Eds.), Symbiosis in parent-offspring interactions (pp. 249-278). New York : Plenum Press. CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2005). Genes, brains and mammalian social bonds. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 20 (10), 561-567. [PDF]
BEAUDIN, L. et QUINTIN, M. (1983). Guide des mammifères terrestres du Québec, de l'Ontario et des Maritimes. Waterloo : Éditions du Nomade. CLUTTON-BROCK, T.H., HODGE, S.J., SPONG, G., RUSSELL, A.F., JORDAN, N.R., BENNETT, N.C., SHARPE, L.L. & MANSER, M.B. (2006). Intrasexual competition and sexual selection in cooperative mammals. Nature, 444 (7122), 1065-1068.
POOLE, T.B. (1985). The social behavior of mammals. London : Chapman & Hall FISHER, H.E., ARON, A. & BROWN, L.J. (2006). Romantic love: A mammalian brain system for mate choice. Philosphical Transactions of the Royal Society B : Bioloical Science, 361, 2173-2186. [PDF]
 BROWN, R.E. & MacDONALD, D.W. (Eds.) (1985). Social odours in mammals. Oxford : Clarendon Press. BROAD, K.D., CURLEY, J.P. & KEVERNE, E.B. (2006). Mother-infant bonding and the evolution of mammalian social relationships. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 361, 2199-2214. [PDF]
TRAILL, R.R. (1988). The case that mammalian intelligence is based on sub-molecular memory coding and fibre-optic capabilities of myelinated nerve axons. Speculations in Science & Technology, 11 (3), 173-181. SILK, J.B. (2007). The adaptative value of sociality in mammalian groups. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 362, 539-559. [PDF]
WILKINSON, G.S. (1988). Reciprocal altruism in bats and other mammals. Ethology & Sociobiology, 9, 85-100. REEP, R.L, FINLAY B.L. & DARLINGTON, R.B. (2007). The limbic system in mammalian brain evolution. Brain, Behavior, Evolution, 70, 57-70. [PDF]
THOMPSON, R.F. (1990). Neural mechanisms of classical conditioning in mammals. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B, 329, 161-170. TREVES, A, TASHIRO, A., WITTER, M.E. & MOSER, E.I. (2008). What is the mammalian dentate gyrus good for ? Neuroscience, 154, 1155-1172.
GOMENDIO, M. & ROLDAN, E.R.S. (1991). Sperm competition influences sperm size in mammals. Proceedings of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 243, 181-185. [PDF] HOLLÉN, L.I. & RADFORD, A.N. (2009). The development of alarm call behaviour in mammals and birds. Animal Behaviour, 78, 791-800. [PDF]
GOODFELLOW, P.N. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1993). SRY and sex determination in mammals. Annual Review of Genetics, 27, 71-92. LOUYS, J. (2012). Mammal community structure of Sundanese fossil assemblages from the Late Pleistocene, and a discussion on the ecological effects of the Toba eruption. Quaternary International, 258, 80-87.
REPPERT, S.M., WEAVER, D.R. & EBISAWA, T. (1994). Cloning and characterization of a mammalian melatonin receptor that mediates reproductive and circadian responses. Neuron, 13, 1177-1185. COOK, R.G., WRIGHT, A.A. & DRACHMAN, E.E. (2013). Categorization of birds, mammals, and chimeras by pigeons. Behavioural Processes, 93, 98-110. [PDF]
KURTA, A. (1995). Mammals of the Great Lakes region. Toronto : Fitzhenry & Whiteside. MARTIN, J.G.A., FESTA-BIANCHET, M., CÔTÉ, S.D. & BLUMSTEIN, D.T. (2013). Detecting between-individual differences in hind-foot length in populations of wild mammals. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 91, 118-123. [PDF]
SWAIM, A. & LOVELL-BADGE, R. (1999). Mammalian sex determination : a molecular drama. Genes Development, 13, 755-767. [PDF] KUHN, H.G. (2015). Control of cell survival in adult mammalian neurogenesis. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in Biology, 7 (12),
BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent : Erpi. Voir aussi Éthologie et Animal
Mammifère marin : Classe d'animaux vertébrés et vivipares, qui se caractérise par la présence de mamelles, d'un coeur à quatre cavités, de poumons, d'un système nerveux et encéphalique. La température interne de leur corps est constante. Certains mammifères sont herbivores, alors que d'autres sont carnivores. ( ) : Voir tableau ci-dessus. Mammal.
Mammifères marins
Baleine   Lion de mer Otarie
Béluga Dauphin Narval Phoque
  SCHUSTERMAN, R.J. KASTAK D.A. & REICHMUTH, C. (1995). Equivalence class formation and cross-modal transfer : Testing marine mammals. In R. A. Kastelein, J.A. Thomas & P.E. Nachtigall (Eds.), Sensory systems of aquatic mammals (pp. 579-584). Woerden, The Netherlands: De Spil Publishers.
Management Science : Revue scientifique de gestion. Éditeur : Informs Online.
SCHMIDT, U. & ZANK, H. (2008). Risk aversion in cumulative prospect theory. Management Science, 54 (1), 208-216. [PDF]
Mande : Voir Commande verbale. Mand.
George Mandler Jean M. Mandler
Mandler George (Vienne 1924-2016) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain, d'origine autrichienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de la pensée et des émotions. Collaborateur de Kvavilashvili et Mandler.
MANDLER, G., MANDLER, J.-M., UVILLER, E.-T. (1958) Autonomic feedback : The perception of autonomic activity. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 56, 367-373.
MANDLER, G. (1975/82). Mind and emotion. New York : Wiley.
MANDLER, G. (2001). Apart from genetics : What makes monozygotic twins similar ? Journal of Mind & Behavior, 22, 147-159.
MANDLER, G. (2002). Organization : What the levels of processing are levels of. Memory, 10, 333-338.
MANDLER, G. (2005). The consciousness continuum : From "qualia" to "free will". Psychological Research, 56, 330-337. [PDF]
KESSEN W., ORTONY, A. & CRAIK, F. (1991). Memories, thoughts, and emotions: Essays in honor of George Mandler. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Mandler Jean M. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement des enfants et de la pensée. Collaboratrice de Bruner et Mandler.
MANDLER, J.M. & MANDLER, G. (1964/82). Thinking : From Association to Gestalt. New York : John Wiley & Sons/Westport, Conn. : Greenwood Press.
MANDLER, J.M. (1992). How to build a baby II: Conceptual primitives. Psychological Review, 99, 587-604. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2000). Perceptual and conceptual processes in infancy. Journal of Cognition & Development, 1, 3-36. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2008). On the birth and growth of concepts. Philosophical Psychology, 21, 207-230. [PDF]
MANDLER, J.M. (2012). On the spatial foundations of the conceptual system and its enrichment. Cognitive Science, 36, 421-451. [PDF]
Mandrill (Mandrillus sphinx) : Singe. Mandrill.
JOUVENTIN, P. (1975). Observations sur la socio-ecologie du mandrills. Revue d'Ecologie Appliquée, 29, 493-532. HARRISON, M.J.S. (1988). The mandrill in Gabon's rain forest-ecology, distribution and status. Oryx, 22 (4), 218-228.
HOLT, N. (1980). Social dominance in a group of captive mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx) : An analysis of behaviour indices Thèse de doctorat/Mcmaster University. [PDF] NORRIS, J. (1988). Diet and feeding behavior of semi-free ranging mandrills in an enclosed Gabonais forest. Primates, 29 (4), 449-463.
MELLEN, J.D., LITTLEWOOD, A.P., BARROW, B.C. & STEVENS V.J. (1981). Individual and social behavior in a captive troop of mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx). Primates, 22 (2), 206-220. FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1990). The behaviour of a social group of mandrills Mandrillus sphinx. Primate Eye, 41, 25-26.
LAHM, S.A. (1985). Mandrill ecology and the status of Gabon's rainforests. Primate Conservation 6, 32-33. FEISTNER, A.T.C. (1991). Scent marking in mandrills, Mandrillus sphinx. Folia Primatologica, 57, 42-47.
KUDO, H. & MITANI, M. (1985). New record of predatory behavior by the mandrill in Cameroon. Primates, 26 (2), 161-167. FEISTNER, A.T.C., COOPER, R.W. & EVANS, S. (1990). The establishment and reproduction of a group of semifree-ranging mandrills. Zoo Biology, 11, 385-395.
LAHM, S.A. (1986). Diet and habitat preference of Mandrillus sphinx in Gabon : Implications of foraging strategy. American Journal of Primatology, 11, 9-26. WICKINGS, E.J., BOSSI, T. & DIXSON, A.F. (1993). Reproductive success in the mandrill, Mandrillus sphinx : correlations of male dominance and mating success with paternity, as determined by DNA fingerprinting. Journal of the Zoological Society of London, 231, 563-574.
KUDO, H. (1987). The study of vocal communication of wild mandrills in Cameroon in relation to their social structure. Primates, 28 (3), 289-308. ROGERS, M.E., ABERNETHY, K.A., FONTAINE, B., WICKINGS, E.J., WHITE, L.J.T. & TUTIN, C.E.G. (1996). Ten days in the life of a mandrill horde in the Lope Reserve, Gabon. American Journal of Primatology, 40, 297-313.
  SETCHELL, J.M. (2005). Do female mandrills (Mandrillus sphinx) prefer brightly coloured males ? International Journal of Primatology, 26, 713–732.
DAWKINS, R. (2004/07). The ancestor's tale : A pilgrimage to the dawn of evolution / Il était une fois l'évolution. New York : Houghton Mifflin/ Paris : Hachette. Voir aussi Animal et Singe
Manger : Chaîne de comportements qui consiste à porter à sa bouche, mâcher, avaler et digérer de la nourriture. Manger, Trouble alimentaire et comportement alimentaire. = se nourrir, s'alimenter. Eating, feeding, self-feeding skill, vegetable and fruit consuming behavior.
Appétit Mal manger Nourriture-avariée
Approvisionnement Manger à volonté Nourriture-rapide
Comportement alimentaire Manger sa main Refus de manger
Faim Manger trop rapidement Trouble alimentaire
VERPLANCK, W.S. & HAYES, J.R. (1953). Eating and drinking as a function of maintenance schedule. Journal of Comparative Physiology & Psychology, 46 (5), 327-333. ROZIN, P., KABNICK, K., PETE, E., FISCHLER, C. & SHIELDS, C. (2003). The ecology of eating : Part of the French paradox results from lower food intake in French than Americans, because of smaller portion sizes. Psychological Science, 14, 450-454.
ZEILER, M.D. & JERVEY, S.S. (1968). Development of behavior : self-feding. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 32, 164-168. ROZIN, P. (2005). The meaning of food in our lives : A cross-cultural perspective on eating and well-being. Journal of Nutrition Education & Behavior, 37, 107-112. [PDF]
BERKOWITZ, S., SHERRY, P.J. & DAVIS, B.A. (1971). Teaching self-feeding skils to profound retardates using reinforcement and fading procedures. Behavior Therapy, 2, 62-67. ROZIN, P. (2005). A history of eating : The movement to suppress passive eating and the risks of side-plate-food. American Psychological Society Observer, 18 (1), 18-19.
O'BRIEN, F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1972). Developing proper mealtime behaviors of the institutionalized retarded. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 389-399. [PDF] ROZIN, P. (2007). Food and eating. In S. Kitayama & D. Cohen (Eds.), Handbook of cultural psychology (pp. 391-416). New York : Guilford.
O'BRIEN, F., BUGKE, C. & AZRIN, N.H. (1972). Training and maintaining a retarded child's proper eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5, 67-72. [PDF] LUECHA, T. (2011). The effect of using token economy and social reinforcement to stimulate preschool students' vegetable and fruit consuming behavior. International Conference on Social Science & Humanity IPEDR, 5 (2), 19-21. [PDF]
AZRIN, N.H. & ARMSTRONG, P.M. (1973). The "mini-meal" method for teaching eating skills to the profoundly retarded. Mental Retardation, 11, 9-13. VAN KONINGSBRUGGEN, G.M., VELING, H., STROEBE, W. & AARTS, H. (2014). Comparing two psychological interventions in reducing impulsive processes of eating behaviour : Effects on self selected portion size. British Journal of Health Psychology, 19 (4), 767-782.
Voir aussi Trouble alimentaire, Nourriture et Comportement alimentaire
Manger (Mal) : Voir Nourriture-rapide et Nourriture-avariée. Junk food.
Manger (Refus de...) : Voir Refus de manger et Trouble alimentaire. Food refusal.
Manger sa main : Comportement stéréotypé et souvent d'automutilation. Hand mouthing.
MCCLURE, J.T., MOSS, R.A., MCPETERS, J.W. & KIRKPATRICK, M.A. (1986). Reduction of hand mouthing by a boy with profound mental retardation. Mental Retardation, 24 (4), 219-222.
REID, D.H., PARSONS, M.B., PHILLIPS, J.F. & GREEN, C.W. (1993). Reduction of self injurious hand mouthing using response blocking. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 139-140. [PDF]
VOLLMER, T.R., MARCUS, B.A. & LEBLANC, L. (1994). Treatment of self-injury and hand mouthing following inconclusive functional analyses.Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 31-44. [PDF]
MAZALESKI, J.L., IWATA, B.A., RODGERS, T.A., VOLLMER, T.R. & ZARCONE, J.R. (1994). Protective equipment as treatment for stereotypic hand mouthing : sensory extinction or punishment effects ? Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 345-355. [PDF]
GOH, H.L., IWATA, B.A., DELEON, I.G., LERMAN, D.C., ULRICH, S.M. & SMITH, R.G. (1995). An analysis of the reinforcing properties of hand mouthing. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 269-283. [PDF]
IRVIN, D.S., THOMPSON, T.J., TURNER, W.D. & WILLIAMS, D.E. (1998). Utilizing increased response effort to reduce chronic hand mouthing. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 31 (3), 375-385. [PDF]
ROSCOE, E.M., IWATA, B.A. & ZHOU, L. (2013). Assessment and treatment of chronic hand mouthing. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46 (1), 181-198.
Voir aussi automutilation et Comportement stéréotypé
Manger trop rapidement : Chez les autistes, trouble alimentaire qui consiste à manger trop rapidement. Rapid eating.
HENRIKSEN, K. & DOUGHTY, R. (1967). Decelerating undesired mealtime behavior in a group of profoundly retarded boys. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 72, 40-44.
LENNOX, D., MILTENBERGER, R. & DONNELLY, D. (1987). Response interruption and DRL for the reduction of rapid eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (3), 279-284. [PDF]
WRIGHT, C.S. & VOLLMER, T.R. (2002). An evalution of a treatment package to reduce rapid eating. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 89-94. [PDF]
ANGLESA, M.M., HOCH, H. & TAYLOR, B.A. (2008). Reducing rapid eating in teenagers with autism : Use of a pager prompt. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 41 (1), 107-111. [PDF]
Voir aussi Trouble alimentaire et Comportement alimentaire
Maniaco-dépression : Voir Trouble bipolaire.
Manie/Maniaque : Du grec mania qui signifie «habitude». État pathologique qui constitue l'une des deux phases du trouble bipolaire. Elle se caractérise par un sentiment exagéré de bien-être, d'euphorie et de confiance en soi ou d'irritabilité. Les symptômes de la manie sont : la fuite des idées ou la sensation que les pensées défilent trop vite, l'augmentation de l'estime de soi, la réduction du besoin de sommeil, une augmentation démesurée de l'appétit, des difficultés de concentration, le désir de parler constamment, l'irritabilité, des idées de grandeur, la crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit, la prise de décisions irrationnelles.
Symptômes de la manie
Difficulté de concentration Décision irrationelle Crainte de perdre le contrôle de son esprit
Sentiment exagéré de bien-être Défilement trop rapide des idées Difficulté de concentration
Parler constamment Idées de grandeur  
BINSWANGER, L. (1963). Mélancolie et manie. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (1978). A rating scale for mania : reliability, validity and sensitivity. British Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 429-435.
WRIGHT, J.B.D. (1993). Mania following sleep deprivation. British Journal of Psychiatry, 196, 679- 680.
ATHANASSIOU-POPESCO, C. (1996). La défense maniaque. Presses Universitaires de France.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (2000). Young Mania Rating Scale. In Handbook of psychiatric measures (pp. 540-542). Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Association.
LAM, R.W., MICHALAK, E.E. & SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Assessment scales in depression, mania and anxiety. London, UK : Taylor and Francis.



Voir aussi Trouble bipolaire
Manie (Mesure et évaluation de la...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer la manie. Rating scale for mania, assessment scales in mania.
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (1978). A rating scale for mania : reliability, validity and sensitivity. British Journal of Psychiatry, 133, 429-435. [PDF]
YOUNG, R.C., BIGGS, J.T., ZIEGLER, V.E. & MEYER, D.A. (2000). Young Mania Rating Scale. In Handbook of psychiatric measures (pp. 540-542). Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Association.
LAM, R.W., MICHALAK, E.E. & SWINSON, R.P. (2005). Assessment scales in depression, mania and anxiety. London, UK : Taylor and Francis.
Voir aussi Trouble bipolaire
Manifeste : Texte qui conteste l'orthodoxie, notamment en science, en faisant appel au changement, généralement en proposant de nouvelles idées, un nouveau point de vue, une nouvelle solution à de "vieux problèmes" jugés non-résolus. = Appel aux changements, à la révolution. Manifesto.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du Parti communiste. Paris : Plon.
GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF]
MOLENAAR, P.C.M. (2004). A manifesto on psychology as idiographic science : Bringing the person back into scientific psychology, this time forever. Measurement : Interdisciplinary Research & Perspectives, 2 (4), 201-218. [PDF]
 QUARTZ, S. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2010). The neural basis of cognitive development: A constructivist manifesto. D. Hauptmann & W. Neiderich (Ed.), Cognitive architecture. From biopolitics to noopolitics. Architecture and Mind in the Age of Communication and Information (pp. 100-115). 010 Publishers. [PDF]
Manifeste des 52 : Manifeste rédigé par Gottfredson et signé par un groupe de 52 psychologues spécialisés dans l'étude de l'intelligence - le groupe des 52 - qui appuient l'essentiel des conclusions du livre The Bell curve de Herrnstein et Murray. N.D.L.R. Il convient de préciser que les dites conclusions ne sont pas partagées par tous les psychologues. = manifeste du groupe des 52. Mainstream Science on Intelligence.
GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF]
Les 52 signataires
Richard D. Arvey Robert Hogan R. Travis Osborne
Thomas J. Bouchard Joseph L. Horn Robert Perloff
John B. Carroll Lloyd G. Humphreys Robert Plomin
Raymond B. Cattell John E. Hunter Cecil R. Reynolds
David B. Cohen Seymour W. Itzkoff David C. Rowe
Rene V. Dawis Douglas N. Jackson J. Philippe Rushton
Douglas K. Detterman James J. Jenkins Vincent Sarich
Marvin Dunnette Arthur R. Jensen Sandra Scarr
Hans Eysenck Alan S. Kaufman Frank L. Schmidt
Jack Feldman Nadeen L. Kaufman Lyle F. Schoenfeldt
Edwin A.Fleishman Timothy Z. Keith James C. Sharf
Grover C. Gilmore Nadine Lambert Herman H. Spitz
Robert A. Gordon J.C. Loehlin Julian C. Stanley
Linda S. Gottfredson David Lubinski Del Thiessen
Robert L. Greene David T. Lykken Lee A. Thompson
Richard J. Haier Richard Lynn Robert L. Thorndike
Garrett Hardin Paul E. Meehl Philip Anthony Vernon
    Lee Willerman
Voir aussi Gottfredson et Intelligence
Manipuler/Manipulation : Ce terme a quatres acceptions : a) En méthodologie, dans le cadre d'une expérience scientifique ou d'une quasi-expérience, manipuler est une opération de la méthode expérimentale qui consiste à modifier la nature d'un objet d'étude (ou son milieu), donc à lui faire volontairement subir un changement, afin de mieux l'étudier (comprendre sa nature ou ses propriétés). L'aspect de l'objet ou du milieu manipulé par le chercheur se nomme variable indépendante provoquée (ou manipulée). Manipuler consiste donc à soumettre les sujets d'une expérience à l'effet de cette variable manipulée. EX: Manipuler la quantité de nourriture donnée à un rat afin de mieux comprendre les mécanismes d'apprentissage. = manipulation expérimentale. Experimental manipulation. b) Le terme a également une signification voisine en analyse du comportement. Il désigne la modification de l'environnement que le chercheur ou le clinicien effectue dans le but de modifier la fréquence d'un comportement donné. Manipulating antecedent conditions. c) En psychologie sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies qui visent à influencer volontairement le comportement des autres, afin de les exploiter, souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement cette distinction. = manipulation sociale. Manipulation, social manipulation d) Finalement, ce terme englobe l'ensemble des comportements exploratoires à l'endroit d'un objet. Object manipulation.
WADE, N.J. & HELLER, D. (1997). Scopes of perception : The experimental manipulation of space and time. Psychological Research, 60, 227-237.
 DUKE, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2001). The effects of routine cage-changing on cardiovascular and behavioral parameters in male Sprague-Dawley rats. Contemporary Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 40 (1), 17-20.
 SHARP, J.L., ZAMMIT, T.G., AZAR, T.G. & LAWSON, D.M. (2003). Are "by-stander" female Sprague-Dawley rats affected by experimental procedures ? Contemporary Topics in Laboratory Animal Science, 42 (1), 19-27. [PDF]
Voir aussi Méthode expérimentale
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46. [PDF]
KENNEDY, C.H. (1994). Manipulating antecedent conditions to alter the stimulus control of problem behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (1), 161-170. [PDF]
Voir aussi Contingence et Changement de comportement
SINGER, J.E. (1964). The use of manipulative strategies : Machiavellianism and attractiveness. Sociometry, 27, 128-150.
 BUSS, D.M. (1987). Selection, evocation, and manipulation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6), 1214-1221. [PDF]
Voir aussi Manipulation sociale
BARD, K.A. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1984). The communicative context of object manipulation in Ape and Human adult-infant pairs. Journal of Human Evolution, 13, 181-190. [PDF]
ROCHAT, P. (1989). Object manipulation and exploration in 2- to 5-month old infants. Developmental Psychology, 25, 871-884. [PDF]
VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual and hemispheric specialization in the manipulation of a joystick by baboons. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107, 210-214. [PDF]
BUXBAUM, L.J. & SAFFRAN, E. M. (2002). Knowledge of object manipulation and object function : Dissociations in apraxic and non-apraxic subjects. Brain & Language, 82, 179-199.
VAUCLAIR, J. & IMBEAULT, C. (2009). Relationships between manual preferences for object manipulation and pointing gestures in infants and toddlers. Developmental Science, 12, 1060-1069. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement exploratoire
Manipulation (sociale) : En psychologie sociale, le terme renvoie aux stratégies qui visent à influencer volontairement le comportement des autres, afin de les exploiter, souvent à des fins monétaires. En principe, la différence entre influence et manipulation réside dans le caractère volontaire et parfois amoral ou immoral de la manipulation. Dans les faits, il faut admettre qu'il n'est pas toujours aisé d'établir clairement cette distinction. = manipulation sociale. Manipulation et persuasion sociale. Social manipulation.
SINGER, J.E. (1964). The use of manipulative strategies : Machiavellianism and attractiveness. Sociometry, 27, 128-150.
KELMAN, H.C. (1965). Manipulation of human behavior : An ethical dilemma for the social scientist. Journal of Social Issues, 21 (2), 31-46.
 BUSS, D.M. (1987). Selection, evocation, and manipulation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6), 1214-1221. [PDF]
BENTLEY-CONDIT, V. & SMITH, E.O. (1996). Female-female competition and social manipulation in baboons (Papio cynocephalus cynocephalus). American Journal of Physical Anthropology Supplement, 22, 69.
PASCUAL, A. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). La technique du "Vous êtes libre de..." : Induction d'un sentiment de liberté et soumission à une requête ou le paradoxe d'une liberté manipulatrice. Revue Internationale de Psychologie Sociale, 15 (1), 45-82.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2004). Psychologie de la manipulation et de la soumission. Paris. Dunod.
D'AlMEIDA, F. (2005). La manipulation. PUF/Que sais-je ?
Voir Influence sociale
Mann David M.A. ( ) : Neuropsychologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de la démence, notamment de l'alzheimer et de la démence frontotemporale. Collaborateur de Neary et Snowden.
MANN, D.M.A. & ESIRI, M.M. (1988). The site of the earliest lesions of Alzheimer's disease. New England J ournal of Medicine, 318, 789-790.
MANN. D.M.A., SOUTH, P.W., SNOWDEN, J.S. & NEARY, D. (1993). Dementia of frontal lobe type; neuropathology and immunohisto-chemistry. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 56, 605-614. [PDF]
MANN. D.M.A., McDONAGH, A.M., PICKERING, S., KOWA, H. & IWATSUBO, T. (2001). Amyloid protein deposition in patients with frontotemporal lobar degeneration : relationship to age and apolipoprotein E genotype. Neuroscience Letters, 304, 161-164.
MANN. D.M.A. (2007). Frontotemporal lobar degeneration - a coming of age. Acta Neuropathologica, 114, 1-4.
MANN. D.M.A., DAVIDSON, Y.S., ROBINSON, A.C., ALLEN, N., HASHIMOTO, T., RICHARDSON, A., JONES, M., SNOWDEN, J.S., PENDLETON, N., POTIER, M.-C., LAQUERRIÈRE, A., PRASHER, V., IWATSUBO, T. & STRYDOM, A. (2018). Patterns and severity of vascular amyloid in Alzheimer's disease associated with duplications and missense mutations in APP gene, Down syndrome and sporadic Alzheimer's disease. Acta Neuropathologica, 136, 569-587. [PDF]

Manning Aubrey William George (Chiswick 1930-) : Zoologiste et généticien anglais. Étudiant de Tinbergen. Collaborateur de Bastock et Dawkins.
BASTOCK, M. & MANNING, A. (1955). The courtship of Drosophila melanogaster. Behaviour, 8, 85-111.
 MANNING, A. (1965). Drosophila and the evolution of behaviour. View points in Biology, 4, 125-169.
 MANNING, A. (1989). The ontogeny of an ethologist. In D.A. Dewsbury (Ed.), Studying animal behavior : Autobiographies of the founders (pp. 289-313). Chicago : Chicago University Press.
 MANNING, A. & DAWKINS, M.S. (1998). An introduction to animal behaviour. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
 MANNING, A. (2005). Four decades on from the "four question". Animal Biology, 55, 287-296.
Maud Mannoni Octave Mannoni
Mannoni Maud (Courtrai 1923-1998 Paris) : Psychanalyste française d'origine néerlandaise, spécialisée dans l'étude et le traitement de la maladie mentale infantile. Étudiante et patiente de Lacan.
MANNONI, M. (1973). Éducation impossible. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1979). Le psychiatre, son fou, et la la psychanalyse. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1981). L'enfant arriéré et sa mère. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, M. (1984). Enfance aliénée. Paris : Denoel.
MANNONI, M. (1991). Le nommé et l'innommable. Paris : Denoel.
BOUKOBZA, C. (1999). Maud Manoni and the retarded child. In J. de Groefj and E. Heinemann (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and mental handicap (pp. 7-22). London : Free Association Books.
Mannoni Octave (1899-1989) : Psychanalyste et ethnologue français. Analysé par Lacan.
MANNONI, O. (1968). Freud, écrivain de toujours. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, O. (1977). La machine. Paris : Tchou.
MANNONI, O. (1980). Un commencement qui n'en finit pas : Transfert, interprétation, théorie. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, O. (2002). Clefs pour l'imaginaire ou l'autre scène. Paris : Seuil.
MANNONI, O. (2002). Freud. Paris : Seuil.
MANOVA : Voir Analyse multivariée.
Manque de sommeil : Voir Sommeil.
Manuel scolaire : Livre, souvent obligatoire, qu'un enseignant/professeur utilise en classe et à la maison pour enseigner une matière. Manuel et livre de psychologie.
CARETTE, V. (2001). Le manuel scolaire : outil pour l’élève ? In Y. Lenoir, B. Rey, G.-R. Roy & J. Lebrun (Dir.), Le manuel scolaire et l’intervention éducative : regards critiques sur ses apports et ses limites. Sherbrooke : Éditions du CRP.
GERARD, F.-M. et ROEGIERS, X. (2003). Des manuels scolaires pour apprendre : Concevoir, évaluer, utiliser, Bruxelles : De Boeck Université.
GERARD, F.-M. (2003). Les manuels scolaires d'aujourd'hui, de l'enseignement à l'apprentissage. Option, 4, 27-28.
LEBRUN, M. (Dir.) (2006). Le manuel scolaire. Un outil à multiples facettes. Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec.
GERARD, F.-M. (2010). Le manuel scolaire, un outil efficace, mais décrié. Éducation & Formation : Manuels scolaires et matériel didactique, 292,13-24.
Voir aussi Lire et Livre de psychologie
Manuscrit (scientifique) : En science, un manuscrit est une version achevée mais non-définitive d'un livre ou d'un article scientifique qu'un auteur soumet à un éditeur et à son comité de lecture pour fins de d'évaluation et de communication. Manuscript, preparing a publication paper.
BORDAGES, G. (1989). Considerations in preparing a publication paper. Teaching & Learning in Medicine, 1, 47-52. RAY, J., BERKWITS, M. & DAVIDOFF, F. (2000). The fate of manuscripts rejected by a general medical journal. American Journal of Medicine, 109 (2), 131-135.
CHEW, F. S. (1991). Fate of manuscripts rejected for publication in the AJR. American Journal of Roent-genology, 156 (3), 627–632.  
STERNBERG, R.J., HOJJAT, M., BRIGOCKAS, M.G. & GRIGORENKO, E.L. (1997). Criteria for acceptance of manuscripts in Psychological Bulletin, 1993-1996. Psychological Bulletin, 121 (2), 321-323. BORDAGES, G. (2001). Reasons reviewers reject and accept manuscripts : The strengths and weaknesses in medical education reports. Academic Medicine, 76 (9), 889-896. [PDF]
PETTY, R.E. & FLEMING, M.A. (1999). The review process at PSPB: correlates of interreviewer agreement and manuscript acceptance. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 25 (2), 188-203. McDONALD, R.J., CLOFT, H.J. & KALLMES, D.F. (2007). Fate of submitted manuscripts rejected from the American Journal of Neuroradiology: outcomes and commentary. American Journal of Neuroradiology, 28 (8), 1430-1434.
OPTHOF, T., FURSTNER, F., Van GEER, M. & CORONEL, R. (2000). Regrets or no regrets? No regrets! The fate of rejected manuscripts. Cardiovascular Research, 45 (1), 255-258. KHOSLA, A., MCDONALD, R. J., BORNMANN, L. & KALLMES, D.F. (2011). Getting to yes : the fate of neuro- radiology manuscripts rejected by Radiology over a 2-year period. Radiology, 260 (1), 3-5.
Voir aussi Éditeur, Article scientifique et Comité de lecture
Manz Charles C. ( ) : Spécialiste américain des organisations et de la gestion du personnel. Il s'intéresse à l'étude du leadership. Collaborateur de Pearce et Sims.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1980). Self-management as a substitute for leadership: A social learn- ing theory perspective. Academy of Management Review, 5, 361 367.
MANZ, C.C. (1986), Self leadership : Toward An expanded theory of self influence processes in organizations. Academy of Management Review, 11, 585-600.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, P.H. (1987). Leading workers to lead themselves : the external leadership of self- managed work team. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32, 106-128.
MANZ, C.C. (1990). Self-leading work teams : moving beyond self-management myths. Human Relations, 45, 1119-1140.
MANZ, C.C. & SIMS, H.P. (1991). Superleading : Beyond the myth of heroic leadership. Organizational Dynamics, 22 (2), 18-35. [PDF]
Maple Terry L. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste, éthologiste et primatologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du panda. Collaborateur de Marr.
 MAPLE, T.L. (2000). Saving the giant panda. Atlanta : Longstreet Press.
 MAPLE, T.L. (2003). Behavioral and developmental consequences of early rearing experience for captive giant pandas (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 117, 235-245.
 BLOOMSMITH M. A., MARR, J.M. & MAPLE, T.L. (2006). Addressing nonhuman primate behavioral problems through the application of operant conditioning : Is the human treatment approach a useful model ? Applied Animal Behaviour Science, 102, 205-222.
 PERDUE, B.M., SNYDER, R.J., PRATTE, J., MARR, M.J. & MAPLE, T.L. (2009). Spatial memory recall in the giant panda (Ailuropoda melanoleuca). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 123 (3), 275-279.
 CLAY, A.E., BLOOMSMITH, M.A., MARR, J.M. & MAPLE, T.L. (2009). Systematic investigation of the stability of food preferences in captive orangutans : Implications for positive reinforcement training. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare Science, 12 (4), 306-313.
Maquillage : Modification de son apparence au moyen de teinture, de peinture ou de cosmétique. Maquillage, attirance et beauté. = cosmétique. Make-up, cosmetic.
 WAX, M.L. (1957). Themes in cosmetics and grooming. American Journal of Sociology, 62, 588-593. RICHETIN, J., HUGUET, P. & CROIZET, J.C. (2007). Le rôle des cosmétiques dans les premières impressions : le cas particulier du maquillage. L'Année Psychologique, 107, 65-86. [PDF] + [PDF]
 GRAHAM, J.A. & JOUHAR, A.J. (1981). The effects of cosmetics on person perception. International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 3 (5), 199-210. NASH, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., LÉVÈQUE J-L. & PINEAU, P. (2006). Cosmetic : They influence more than Caucasian female facial attractiveness. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 36, 493-504.
 COX, C.L. & GLICK, W.H. (1986). Resume evaluations andcosmetics use : When more is not better. Sex Roles, 14 (1-2), 51-58. GUÉGUEN, N. (2008). The effects of women's cosmetics on men's approach : an evaluation int the bar. North American Journal of Psychology, 10 (1), 221-228. [PDF]
 CASH, T.F., DAWSON, K., DAVIS, P., BOWEN, M. & GALUMBECK, C. (1989).Effects of Cosmetics Use on the Physical Attractiveness and Body Image of American College Women. The Journal of Social Psychology, 129 (3), 349-355.  RUSSELL, R. (2009). A sex difference in facial contrast and its exaggeration by cosmetics. Perception, 38, 1211-1219.
 WORKMAN, J.E. & JOHNSON, K.K.P. (1991). The role of cosmetics in impression formation. Clothing & Textiles Research Journal, 10 (1), 63-67. RUSSELL, R. (2010). Why cosmetics work. In R. Adams, N. Ambady, K. Nakayama & S. Shimojo, S. (Eds.), The science of social vision. New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
 KYLE, D.J. & MAHLER, H.I.M. (1996). The effects of hair color and cosmetic use on perceptions of a female's ability. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 20, 447-455. JACOB, C., GUÉGUEN, N., BOULBRY, G. & ARDICCIONI, R. (2010). Waitresses' facial cosmetics and tipping : A field experiment. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 29, 188-190.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001), The effect of perfume on prosocial behavior of pedestrians. Psychological Reports, 88, 1046-1048. [PDF] UEDA, S. & KOYAMA, T. (2010). Influence of make-up on facial recognition. Perception 39, 260-264.
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). La force du maquillage. Cerveau & Psycho, 30, 24-28. [PDF] GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2011). Enhanced female attractiveness with use of cosmetics and male tipping behavior in restaurants. Journal of Cosmetic Science, 62 (3), 283-290. [PDF]
   ETCOFF, N.L., STOCK, S., HALEY, L.E., VICKERY, S.A. & HOUSE, D.M. (2011). Cosmetics as a feature of the extended human phenotype : modulation of the perception of biologically important facial signals. PloS one, 6:e25656. [PDF]
 MULHERN, R., FIELDMAN, G., HUSSEY, T., LÉVÉQUE, J.L. & PINEAU, P. (2003). Do cosmetics enhance female Caucasian facial attractiveness ? International Journal of Cosmetic Science, 25 (4), 199-205.  JONES A. & KRAMER, R. (2015). Facial cosmetics have little effect on attractiveness judgments compared with identity. Perception, 44, 79-86.
 HUGUET, P. CROIZET, J.C. & RICHETIN, J. (2004). Is "What has been cared for" necessarily good ? Further evidence for the negative impact of cosmetics use on impression formation. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 34 (8), 1752-1771.  TAGAI, K., OHTAKA, H. & NITTONO, H. (2016). Faces with light makeup are better recognized than faces with heavy makeup. Frontiers in Psychology, 7 [226], 1-8. [PDF]
   JONES A. & KRAMER, R. (2016). Facial cosmetics and attractiveness : Comparing the effect sizes of professionally-applied cosmetics and identity. PloS One, 11, 1-17. [PDF]
Voir aussi Première impression, Apparence, Lèvre et Beauté
Maraañón Gregorio (Madrid 1887-1960 Madrid) : Médecin et sexologue espagnol.
MARANON, G. (1931). L'évolution de la sexualité. Paris : Nouvelle Revue Française.
MARANON, G. (1931). L'évolution de la sexualité et les états intersexuels. Paris : Gallimard.
MARANON, G. (1934). L'âge critique (étude pathogénique et clinique). Paris : Alcan.
MARANON, G. (1937). Le problème des sexes. Paris : Denöel.
MARANON, G. (1938). Amiel. Une étude sur la timidité. Paris : NRF Gallimard.
Marcel Gabriel (Paris 1889-1973) : Philosophe humaniste et existentialiste chrétien d'origine française.
MARCEL, G. (1921). Le coeur des autres. Paris : Grasset.
MARCEL, G. (1925). Un Homme de Dieu. Paris : Grasse.
MARCEL, G. (1955). Croissez et multipliez. Paris : Plon.
MARCEL, G. (1955). Mon temps n'est pas le vôtre. Paris : Plon
MARCEL, G. (1959). Présence et immortalité. Paris : Flammarion.
RICOEUR, P. (1948). Gabriel Marcel et Karl Jaspers. Philosophie du mystère et philosophie du paradoxe. Paris : Le Seuil.
James G. March Herbert W. Marsh
  Richard L. Marsh
March James G. (Cleveland 1928-2018) : Économiste et béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des organisations. Étudiant et collaborateur de Cyert et Simon.
CYERT, R.M. FEIGENBAUM, E.A. & MARCH, J.G. (1959). Models in a behavioral theory of the firm. Behavioral Science, 4, 81-95.
CYERT, R.M. & MARCH, J.G. (1963). A behavioral theory of the firm. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall.
MARCH, J.G. & SIMON, H. (1958). Organizations. New York : John Wiley.
COHEN, M.D., MARCH, J.G. & OLSEN, J.P (1972). A garbage can model of organizational choice. Administrative Science Quarterly, 17 (1), 1-25.
MARCH, J.G. (1978). Bounded rationality, ambiguity and the engineering of choice. Bell Journal of Economics, 9, 587-608.
Marchand André ( ) : Psychologue cognitivio-béhavioriste québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des troubles anxieux et panique. Étudiant de Malcuit. Collaborateur de Bouchard, D'Antono, Dupuis, Freeston, Perreault et Turgeon.
LABBÉ, Y. et MARCHAND, A. (1987). Modification du comportement et retard mental. Brossard : Behaviora.
MARCHAND, A. (1992). Le trouble panique avec ou sans agoraphobie : introduction. Science et Comportement, 22 (2).
MARCHAND, A. et COMEAU, S. (1992). Une recherche clinique sur le traitement en groupe de l'agoraphobie avec et sans partenaire. Science et Comportement, 22 (2).
MARCHAND, A., IUCCI, S., BRILLON, P., MARTIN, M. et MARTIN, A. (2003). Intervention de crise et débriefing : Controverses et défis. Stress et Trauma, 3 (3), 141-153.
MARCHAND, A., GERMAIN, V. & DUPUIS, G. (2004). Le TPA et la qualité de vie : impact de différents traitements du trouble panique avec agoraphobie sur la qualité de vie. Revue Francophone de Clinique Comportementale et Cognitive, 9 (1), 12-22.
Marchandisation du savoir : Tendance à considérer toute connaissance comme une marchandise que l'on peut vendre dans le but de faire du profit (plutôt que de la diffuser gratuitement ou à peu de frais cette connaissance au sein de la communauté scientifique et à l'ensemble de la population). EX : Certaine découverte en biologie semble davantage aux entreprises pharmacutiques qu'à l'ensemble de la pouplation. = marchandisation de la connaissance.
BORDAGES, G. (1989). Considerations in preparing a publication paper. Teaching & Learning in Medicine, 1, 47-52.
BORDAGES, G. (2001). Reasons reviewers reject and accept manuscripts : The strengths and weaknesses in medical education reports. Academic Medicine, 76 (9), 889-896. [PDF]
Voir aussi Modestie scientifique, Vertu épistémique et Publier ou périr
Marche/Marcher : Type de locomotion qui consiste en un double mouvement de balancier des jambes et des bras, d'abord en basculeant son corps et ses bras devant-derrière, puis en projetant ses jambes par alternance vers l'avant, tout en maintenant son équilibre. Marcher, ramper et falaise visuelle. Walk, walking.
 ZELAZO, P.R., ZELAZO, N.A. & KOLB, S. (1972). “Walking” in the newborn. Science, 176, 314-315. ADOLPH, K.E. & AVOLIO, A.M. (2000). Walking infants adapt locomotion to changing body dimensions. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 26 (3), 1148-1166. [PDF]
 ZELAZO, P.R. (1983). The development of walking: New findings and old assumptions. Journal of Motor Behavior, 15, 99-137.  KINGSNORTH, S. & SCHMUCKLER, M.A. (2000). Walking skill versus walking experience as a predictor of barrier crossing in toddlers. Infant Behavior & Development, 23, 331-350. [PDF]
THELEN, E. (1984). Learning to walk : Ecological demands and phylogenetic constraints. Advances in Infancy Research, 3, 213-260. GUÉGUEN, N. & PICHOT, N. (2001), The influence of status in the failure to observe a road safety rule among pedestrians. The Journal of Social Psychology, 141 (3), 413-415. [PDF]
 ZELAZO, P.R. (1984). Learning to Walk: Recognition of Higher Order Influences. Advances in Infancy Research 3: 251-260.  THOMPSON, P.G. (2002). Injury caused by baby walkers : the predicted outcomes of mandatory regulations. Medical Journal of Australia, 177 (3), 147-148. [PDF]
 CROUCHMAN, M. (1986). The effects of babywalkers on early locomotor development. Developmental Medicine & Child Neurology, 28 (6), 757-761. ADOLPH, K.E., VEREIJKEN, B. & SHROUT, P.E. (2003). What changes in infant walking and why. Child Development, 74 (2), 474-497. [PDF]
 ADOLPH, K.E., EPPLER, M.A. & GIBSON, E.J. (1993). Crawling versus walking infants' perception of affordances for locomotion over sloping surfaces. Child Development : Special Issue on Biodynamics, 64, 1158-1174. [PDF] CLEARFIELD, M.W. (2004). The role of crawling and walking experience in infant spatial memory. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 89 (3), 214-241. [PDF]
 THEIN, M.M., LEE, J., TAY, V. & LING, S.L. (1997). Infant walker use, injuries and motor development. Injury Prevention, 3 (1), 63-66. [PDF] GARCIAGUIRRE, J.S., ADOLPH, K.E. & SHROUT, P.E. (2007). Baby carriage : Infants walking with loads. Child Development, 78, 664-680.
  GILL, S.V., ADOLPH, K.E. & VEREIJKEN, B. (2009). Change in action : How infants learn to walk down slopes. Developmental Science, 12, 888-902.
 BRIL, B. & LEDEBT, A. (1998). Head coordination as a means to assist sensory integration in learning to walk. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 22, 555-563.  MULVEY, G.M., KUBO, M., CHANG, C.-L. & ULRICH, B. D. (2011). New walkers with Down Syndrome use cautious but effective strategies for crossing obstacles. Research Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 82, 210-219.
  ADOLPH, K.E., COLE, W. G., KOMATI, M., GARCIAGUIRRE, J. S., BADALY, D., LINGEMAN, J. M., CHAN, G. L.Y. & SOTSKY, R. B. (2012). How do you learn to walk? Thousands of steps and dozens of falls per day. Psychological Science, 23, 1387-1394.
 SIEGEL, A.C. & BURTON, R.V. (1999). Effects of babywalkers on early locomotor development in human infants. Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics, 20 (5), 355-361. FRANCHLAK, J.M. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2012). What infants know and what they do : Perceiving possibilities for walking through openings. Developmental Psychology, 48, 1254-1261. [PDF]
  KRETCH, K.S., FRANCHAK, J.M. & ADOLPH, K.E. (2014). Crawling and walking infants see the world differently. Child Development, 85, 1503-1518.
  ADOLPH, K.E. & TAMIS-LEMONDA, C.S. (2014). The costs and benefits of development : The transition from crawling to walking. Child Development Perspectives, 8, 187-192.
Voir Développement moteur, Équilibre, Locomotion, Ramper, Habileté motrice, Comportement moteur et Falaise visuelle
Marché : En économie, désigne non pas un lieu - qui existait jadis - mais un ensemble d'interactions entre des individus, d'une part des acheteurs (consommateurs) qui souhaitent acquérir des biens et des services (demande), et d'autres part des vendeurs (artisan, marchand, producteur, industriel, etc.) en mesure de produire et de rendre disponible ces biens/services (offre). Ces échanges d'objets et de services peuvent se faire grâce à un système monétaire ou non (troque). Les biens et services échangés peuvent être concrets (marché du blé, tonne de fer, café, sucre, etc) ou abstrait (obligation, action bons du trésor, etc). = économie de marché. Market, free market.
BATOR, F.M. (1958). The anatomy of market failure.The Quarterly Journal of Economics, 72 (3), 351-379. [PDF]  
BUCHANAN, J.M. (1972). Social choice, democracy, and free markets. Journal of Political Economy, 62, 114-23. HERMAN, E.S. (1995). Triumph of the market : essays on economics, politics, and the media. Boston. South End Press.
WILIAMSON, O.E. (1975). Markets and hierarchies, A study of the economics of internal organization. New York : Free Press.  
WHITE, H.C. (1981). Where do markets come from ? American Journal of Sociology, 87, 517-547.  
IMAI, K.I. & HIROYUKI, I. (1984). Interpenetration of organization an market. International Journal of Industrial Organization, 2, 285-310.  
MORAN, M. & WRIGHT, M. (Eds.) (1991). The market and the state : Studies in interdependence. London : Macmillan. EREV, I. & RAPOPORT, A. (1998). Coordination, "magic", and reinforcement learning in a market entry game. Games & Economic Behavior, 23, 146-175. [PDF]
ROTH, A.E. (1991). A natural experiment in the organization of entry-level labor markets : Regional markets for new physicians and surgeons in the United Kingdom. American Economic Review, 81 (3), 415-440. SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1999). Capitalism, the market, the "underclass" and the future. Society, 37, 33-42.
NANTEL, J. & COLBERT, F. (1992). Positioning cultural arts products in the market. Journal of Cultural Economics, 16 (2), 63-71.  
FEHR, E. KIRCHSTEIGER, G. & RIEDL, A. (1993). Does fairness prevent market clearing ? An experimental investigation. Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108, 437-460.  
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). The costs of living : How market freedom erodes the best things in life. New York : Norton WILSON, R. (2002). Architecture of power markets. Econometrica, 70 (4), 1299-1340.
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). On morals and markets. Criminal Justice Ethics, 13, 61-69. LEVITT, S.D. (2004). Why are gambling markets organised so differently from financial markets ? The Economic Journal, 114, 223-246.
LOPES, L.L. (1994). Psychology and economics : Perspectives on risk, cooperation, and the marketplace. Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 197-227. JOHNSON, D.D.P., PRICE, M.E. & VAN VUGT, M. (2013). Darwin's invisible hand : Market competition, evolution and the firm. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 90 (S), 128-S140. [PDF]
Voir Économie, Entreprise et Marché
Marché du travail : Voir Travail (Marché).
Marcia James E. ( ) : Psychologue canadien spécialisé dans l'étude du développement de l'identité à l'adolescence. Il a proposé quatre formes (statuts) d'identité (identité diffuse, forclusion, moratoire et identité achevée). Collaborateur de Kroger.
MARCIA, J.E. (1966). Development and validation of ego identity status. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3 (5), 551-558. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1980). Identity in adolescence. In J. Adelson (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent. psychology (pp. 159-187). New York : Wiley. [PDF]
MARCIA, J.E. (1993). The ego-identity status approach to ego-identity. In J.E. Marcia, A.S. Waterman, D.R. Matteson, S.L. Archer & J.L. Orlofsky (Eds.), Ego identity. A handbook for psychosocial research (pp. 3-21). New York : Springer.
MARCIA, J.E. (2002). Identity and psychosocial development in adulthood. Identity, 2 (1), 7-28.
MARCIA, J.E. (2009). Education, identity and iClass : From education to psychosocial development. Policy Futures in Education, 7 (6), 670-677.
MUUSS, R.E. (1996). Marcia's expansion of Erikson's theory of identity formation. In R.E. Muuss (Ed.), Theories of adolescence (pp. 260-270). McGraw-Hill.
LUYCKX, K., GOOSSENS, L., SOENENS, B., BEYERS, W. & VANSTEENKISTE, M. (2005). Identity statuses based upon four rather than two identity dimensions : Extending and refining Marcia's paradigm. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 34, 605-618.
Gary F. Marcus George E. Marcus Herbert Marcuse
Marcus Gary F. (1970-) : Psychologue connexionniste américain et spécialiste de l'intelligence artificielle.
MARCUS, G.F. (1996). Why do children say "breaked" ? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 81-85. [PDF]
MARCUS, G.F. (1998). Can connectionism save constructivism ? Cognition, 66, 153-182. [PDF]
MARCUS, G.F. (1998). Rethinking eliminative connectionism. Cognitive Psychology, 37, 243-282. [PDF]
MARCUS, G.F. (2004). What's in a U : The shapes of cognitive development. Journal of Cognitive Development, 5, 119-122. [PDF]
MARCUS, G.F. (2006). Cognitive architecture and descent with modification. Cognition, 101, 443-465. [PDF]
Marcus George E. (Brownsville-) : Anthropologue américain.
MARCUS, G.F. (1988). The structure of emotional response : 1984 presidential candidates. American Political Science Review, 82 (3), 737-761.
MARCUS, G.F. (1998). Parody and the parodie in Polynesian cultural history. Cultural anthropology. American Anthropological Association, 3 (1), 68-76.
MARCUS, G.F. (1998). Ethnography in/of the World System : the emergence of multi-sited ethnography. Annual Review of Anthropology, 24, 95-117.
MARCUS, G.F., NEUMAN, W.R. & MAKUEN, M. (2000). Affective Intelligence and political judgment. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
MARCUS, G.F. (2002). The sentimental citizen, emotion in democratic politics. University Park : Pennsylvania State University Press.
Marcuse Herbert (Berlin 1898-1979 Starnberg Allemagne) : Philosophe et sociologue freudo-marxiste allemand, membre de l'École de Frankfort. Étudiant de Husserl et Heidegger.
MARCUSE, H. (1955). Eros et civilisation. Contribution à Freud. Paris : Minuit.
MARCUSE, H. (1955/68). Théorie des pulsions et liberté. Partisans, 43.
MARCUSE, H. (1961). L’amour et la mort (Eros et Thanatos). Arguments, 21.
MARCUSE, H. (1963/66). Le vieillissement de la psychanalyse. Partisans, 32-33.
MARCUSE, H. (1964/68). L’homme unidimensionnel. Paris : Minuit.
Marecek Jeanne ( ) : Psychologue et féministe américaine. Collaboratrice de Crawford, Hare-Mustin et Kimmel.
MARECEK, J. & KRAVETZ, D.F. (1977). Women and mental health : A review of feminist change efforts. Psychiatry, 40 (3), 323-329.
CRAWFORD, M. & MARECEK, J. (1989). Feminist theory, feminist psychology : A bibliography of epistemology, critical analysis, and applications. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 13, 477-491.
MARECEK, J. & HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1994). Asking the right questions : Feminist psychology and sex differences. Feminism & Psychology, 14 (4), 531-537.
MARECEK, J. FINE, M. & KIDDER, L. H. (1997). Working between worlds : Qualitative methods and social psychology. Journal of Social Issues, 53, 29-44.
MARECEK, J. (2001). Disorderly constructs : Feminist frameworks for clinical psychology. In R. Unger (Ed.), Handbook of the psychology of women and gender (pp. 303-316). New York : Wiley.
Mareschal Denis ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste anglais et spécialiste de l'étude du développement cognitif, notamment de la catégorisation et de la sériation (ordonner). Collaborateur de Shultz.
MARESCHAL, D. & SHULTZ, T.R (1996). Generative connectionist architectures and constructivist cognitive development. Cognitive Development, 11, 571-605.
MARESCHAL, D. & SHULTZ, T.R. (1999). Developpement of children's seriation : A connectionist approach. Connection Science, 11 (2), 149-186. [PDF]
MARESCHAL, D., FRENCH, R.M. & QUINN, P.C. (2000). A connectionist account of asymmetric category learning in infancy. Developmental Psychology 36, 635-645. [PDF]
MARESHAL, D. & QUINN, P.C. (2001). Categorization in infancy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (10), 443-450. [PDF]
MARESHAL, D. (2016) The neuroscience of conceptual learning in science and mathematics. Current Opinion in Behavioral Sciences, 10, 14-18.
Marge d'erreur : Dans l'analyse des données, il s'agit de l'estimation de l'étendu que les résultats d'un sondage pourraient produire si on recommençait x fois ce même sondage (disons 100 fois pour traduire rapidement le tout en %). Estimer signifie que l'on sonde une fraction de la population, que l'on nomme échantillon, afin de généraliser les résultats à l'ensemble de la population. Dans l'équation ci-dessous, Z est le score z qui correspond au niveau de confiance fixé par le chercheur, Q est l'écart-type et n la taille de l'échantiillon. Marge d'erreur, erreur et erreur de mesure. = écart-type. /Intervalle de confiance. Margin of error.
THORTON, R.J. & THORTON, J.A. (2004). Erring on the margin of error. Southern Economic Journal, 71, 130-135.
GILLILAND, D. & MELFI, V. (2010). A note on confidence interval estimation and margin of error. Journal of Statistics Education, 18 (1), 1-8.
Marginalisme : Théorie de l'utilité marginale développée en parallèle par trois auteurs, Jevons, Menger et Walras. Marginalist revolution, marginalism.
STEEDMAN, I. (2006). Jevons's theory of political economy and the"marginalist revolution". Journal The European Journal of the History of Economic Though, 4 (1), 43-64.
Marginal/Marginalité/Marginalisation : Qui vit en retrait de son groupe d'appartenance, en marge de la société, par suite d'un rejet, d'une exclusion ou d'un retrait volontaire. Marginalité et Itinérance.
MELNTZER, S.B. (2007). Marginalization and the homeless : A prescriptive analysis. Journal of Social Distress and the Homeless, 16 (3), 193-220.
Voir aussi Isolement social, Ermite, Solitude, Marginalisation, Itinérance et Exclusion sociale
Gayla Margolin Joseph Margolis
Margolin Gayla ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la maltraitance, de la violence familiale et de la thérapie de couple. Collaboratrice de Jacobson, Patterson et Weiss.
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential consequences provided by mothers and fathers for their sons and daughters. Developmental Psychology, 11, 537-538.
MARGOLIN, G. & PATTERSON, G.R. (1975). Differential consequences provided by mothers MARGOLIN, G. (1981). The reciprocal relationship between marital and child problems. In J.P. Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family interventions, assessment and theory (Vol. 2, pp. 167-222). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
MARGOLIN, G. (1998). The effects of domestic violence on children. In P.K. Trickett & C. Schellenbach (Eds.), Violence against children in the family and the community (pp. 57-102). Washington, DC : APA.
MARGOLIN, G. & GORDIS, E.B. (2000). The effects of family and community violence on children. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 445-479.
MARGOLIN, G. (2004). Children's exposure to violence : Exploring developmental pathways to diverse outcomes. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20, 72-81.
Margolis Joseph ( ) : Épistémologue américain. Collaborateur de Harré.
MARGOLIS, J. (1970). Scientific realism, ontology, and the sensory modes. Philosophy of Science, 37, 114-120.
MARGOLIS, J. (1978). The problems of similarity : realism and nominalism. Monist, 61, 384-400.
MARGOLIS, J. (1984). Philosophy of psychology. Foundations of Philosophy Series. Englewood Cliffs : Prentice-Hall.
MARGOLIS, J., MANICAS, P. & HARRÉ, R. (1986). Psychology : Designing the discipline. Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
MARGOLIS, J. (1991). The truth about relativism. Oxford : Basil Blackwell.
Mariage : Contrat moral/religeux ou civil entre deux personnes (couple), souvent de sexe opposé, reconnu par l'état ou l'église (institution), qui fixe certaines obligations et partage les biens des parties en présence. Un mariage brisé se solde souvent par une divorce ou un séparition. = couple marié. Mariage, relation intime et union libre. Marriage, married couple, marital status, for better or worse.
Types de mariage
Re-mariage Mariage homosexuel Mariage mixte
ELLIS, A. (1961). How much sex freedom in marriage ? Sexology, 28, 292-296. BRADBURY, T.N., FINCHAM, F.D. & BEACH, S.R.H. (2000). Research on the nature and determinants of marital satisfaction : A decade in review. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 62, 964-980. [PDF]
THARP, R.G. (1963). Psychological patterning in marriage. Psychological Bulletin, 60, 97-117. BRADBURY, T.N., ROGGE, R. & LAWRENCE, E. (2001). Reconsidering the role of conflict in marriage. In A. Bootj, A.C. Crouter & M. Clements (Eds.), Couples in conflict (pp. 59–82). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
LEVINGER, G. (1964). Task and social behavior in marriage. Sociometry, 27, 433-448. [PDF] LAZARUS, A.A. (2001). Marital myths revisited : A fresh look at two dozen mistaken beliefs about marriage. Atascadero, CA : Impact Publishers.
LEVINGER, G. & BREEDLOVE, J. (1966). Interpersonal attraction and agreement: A study of marriage partners. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 367-372. BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2001). Developing culturally competent marriage and family therapists : Guidelines for working with Hispanic families. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 27 (1), 43-54. [PDF]
LEVINGER, G. & SENN, D.J. (1967). Disclosure of feelings in marriage. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 13, 237-249. [PDF] HETHERINGTON, E.M. & KELLEY, J. (2002). For better or worse. New York : Norton.
ORDEN, S.R. & BRADBURN, N.M. (1968). Dimensions of marriage happiness. American Journal of Sociology, 73, 715-731. STEVEN, G. & TYLER, M. (2002). Ethnic and racial intermarriage in the United States : Old and new regimes. In N.A. Denton and S.E. Tolnay (Eds.), American diversity : A demographic challenge for the twenty-first century (pp. 221-242). Albany, NY : State University of New York Press.
ELLIS, A. (1968). Let's change our marriage system ! Sexology, 34 (7), 436-439. PINDERHUGHES, E.B. (2002). African American marriage in the 20th century. Family Process, 41, 269-282.
ELLIS, A. (1969). How to increase sexual enjoyment in marriage. In B.N. Ard & C. Ard (Eds.), Handbook of marriage counseling (pp. 375-378). Palo Alto, CA : Science and Behavior. ROTHBLUM, E.D. (2002). Boston Marriage among Lesbian. In M. Yalom, L. Carstrnsen, E., Freedman & B. Gulpi (Eds.), Inside the american couple : New thinking/new challenges. Berkeley CA : University of California Press. [PDF]
JACKSON, D.D. & LEDERER, W. (1968). Mirages of marriage. New York : W.W. Norton & Co. RHOLES, W.S., SIMPSON, J.A. & RHOLES, W.S. (2002). Attachment orientations, marriage, and the transition to parenthood. Journal of Research in Personality, 36, 622-628.
WASHINGTON, J.R. (1970). Marriage in black and white. Boston : Beacon Press.  
WEISS, R.L. (1975). Contracts, cognition, and change : A behavioral approach to marriage therapy. The Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 15-26.  
LEVINGER, G. (1976). A social psychological perspective on marital dissolution. Journal of Social Issues, 32 (1), 21-47. FINCHAM, F.D., PALEARII, G. & REGALIA, C. (2002). Forgiveness in marriage : The role of relationship quality, attributions and empathy. Personal Relationships, 9, 27-37.
SPANIER, G.B. (1976). Measuring dyadic adjustment : New scales for assessing the quality of marriage and similar dyads. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 38, 15-28. JALOVAARA, M. (2002). Socioeconomic differentials in divorce risk by duration of marriage. Demographic Research, 7 (16), 537-564.
PATTERSON, G.R., WEISS, R.L. & HOPS, H. (1976). Training of marital skills : Some problems and concepts. In H. Leitenberg (Ed.), Handbook of behavior modification and behavior therapy. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice Hall.  
MARGOLIN, G. & WEISS, R.L. (1978). Communication training and assessment : A case of behavioral marital enrichment. Behavior Therapy, 9, 508-520.  
BLOOM, B., ASHER, S. & WHITE, S. (1978). Marital disruption as a stressor : A review and analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 867-894.  
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1979). Marital interaction : Experimental investigations. New York : Academic Press.  
WEISS, R.L. (1979). Resistance in behavioral marriage therapy. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 7, 3-6.  
ROBINSON, E.A. & PRICE, M.G. (1980). Pleasurable behavior in marital interaction : An observational study. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48, 117-118.  
WEISS, R.L. (1980). Strategic behavioral marital therapy: Toward a model for assessment and intervention. In J.P. Vincent (Ed.), Advances in family intervention, assessment and theory (Vol. 1, pp. 229-271). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.  
MANSER, M. & BROWN, M. (1980). Marriage and household decision-making : A bargaining analysis. International Economic Review, 21 (1), 31-44. BEAN, R.A., PERRY, B.J. & BEDELL, T.M. (2002). Developing culturally competent marriage and family therapists : Treatment guidelines for non- African-American therapists working with African-American families. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 28, 153-164.
RANDS, M., LEVINGER, G. & MELLINGER, G.D. (1981). Patterns of conflict resolution and marital satisfaction. Journal of Family Issues, 2, 297-321. HIBBLER, D.K. & SHINEW, K.J. (2002). Interracial couples' experience of leisure: A social network approach. Journal of Leisure Research, 34 (2), 135-156. [PDF]
NOLLER, P. (1982). Couple communication and marital satisfaction. Australian Journal of Sex, Marriage & Family, 3 (2), 69-75.  
PORTEFIELD, E. (1982). Black-American intermarriage in the United States. Marriage & Family Review, 5 (1), 17-34.  
NORTON, R. (1983). Measuring marital quality : A critical look at the dependent variable. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 45, 141-151. MARTIN, P.D., SPECTER, G., MARTIN, D. & MARTIN, M. (2003). Expressed attitudes of adolescents toward marriage and family life. Adolescence, 38, 359-367.
SOBAL, J. (1984). Marriage, obesity and dieting. Marriage & Family Review, 7 (1), 115-139. GARCIA, D.R. (2003). Mixed marriages and transnational families in the intercultural context : A case study of African/Spanish couples in Catalonia. Journal of Ethnic & Migration Studies, 32 (3), 403-433. [PDF]
WEISS, R.L. (1984). Cognitive and strategic interventions in behavioral marital therapy. In K. Hahlweg & N.S. Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction : Analysis and modification. New York : Guilford.  
MAKMAN, H.J., FLOYD, F.J., STANLEY, S.M. & JAMIESON, K. (1984). A cognitive-behavioral program for the prevention of marital and family distress: Issues in program development and delivery. In K. Hahlweg & N. Jacobson (Eds.), Marital interaction (pp. 396-428). New York : Guilford Press.  
HETHERINGTON, E.M., COX, M. & COX, R. (1985). Long-term effects of divorce and remarriage on the adjustment of children. Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 24 (5), 518-530. [PDF] GARDNER, J. & OSWALD, A. (2004). How is mortality affected by money, marriage, and stress ? Journal of Health Economics, 23 (6), 1181-1207. [PDF]
NOLLER, P. & VENARDOS, C. (1986) Communication awareness in married couples. Journal of Social & Personal Relationships, 3 (1), 31-42. BAXTER, J. (2005). To marry or not to marry : marital status and the household division of labor. Journal of Family Issues, 26, 300-321.
ZOLLAR, A. & WILLIAMS, J. (1987). The contribution of marriage to the life satisfaction of black adults. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 49, 87-92. VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., ICKES, W.DE CLERCQ, A. & PEENE, O.J. (2005). Conflict and support interactions in marriage : An analysis of couples interactive behavior and on-line cognition. Personal Relationships, 12, 23–42. [PDF]
FINCHAM, F.D. & BRADBURY T.N. (1988). The impact of attributions in marriage : Empirical and conceptual foundations. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 27, 77-90. KARNEY B.R. & BRADBURY T.N. (2005). Contextual influences on marriage : Implications for policy and intervention. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 14, 171-174.
MAKMAN, H.J., FLOYD, F.J., STANLEY, S.M. & STORAASLI, R.D. (1988). Prevention of marital distress : A longitudinal investigation. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 210-217.  
SILVERN, L. & KAERSVANG, L. (1989). The traumatized children of violent marriages. Child Welfare, 68, 421-439. KALMIJN, M., DE GRAAF, P.M. & JANSSEN, J.P.G. (2005) Intermarriage and the risk of divorce in the Netherlands : the effects of differences in religion and in nationality, 1974-94. Population Studies, 59, 71-85.
WEST, P.C. (1989). Urban region parks and black minorities : Subculture, marginality, and interracial relations in park use in the Detroit metropolitan area. Leisure Sciences, 11, 11-28.  
BAUCOM, D.H., EPSTEIN, N., SAYERS, S. & SHER, T.G. (1989). The role of cognitions in marital relationships : Definitional, methodological, and conceptual issues. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57, 31-38.  
WEST, P.C. (1989). Urban region parks and black minorities : Subculture, marginality, and interracial relations in park use in the Detroit metropolitan area. Leisure Sciences, 11, 11-28.  
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1989). Behavior and satisfaction in marriage : Prospective mediating processes. Review of Personality & Social Psychology, 10, 119-143. [PDF] WOOD, N.D., CRANE, D.R., SCHAALJE, G.B. & LAW, D.D. (2005). What works for whom : A meta-analytic review of marital and couples therapy in reference to marital distress. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 33 (4), 273-287. [PDF]
NOTARIUS, C.I., BENSON, P.R., SLOANE, D., VANZETTI, N.A. & HORNYAK, L.M. (1989). Exploring the interface between perception and behavior : An analysis of marital interaction in distressed and nondistressed couples. Behavioral Assessment, 11, 39-64. MANNING, J.C. (2006). The impact of internet pornography on marriage and the family : A review of the research. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 13, 131-165.
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1990). Attributions in marriage : Review and critique. Psychological Bulletin, 107 (1), 3-33. [PDF] VOLLING, B.L., BLANDON, A.Y. & KOLAK, A.M. (2006). Marriage, parenting, and the emergence of early self-regulation in the family system. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 15, 493-506.
FINCHAM, F.D., BRADBURY, T.N. & SCOTT, C.K. (1990). Cognition in marriage. In F.D. Fincham & T.N. Bradbury (Eds.), The psychology of marriage (pp. 118-149). New York : Guilford Press.  
BELSKY, J. & ROVINE, M. (1990). Patterns of marital change across the transition to parenthood : Pregnancy to three years postpartum. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 52, 5-20.  
STEPHAN, W.G. & STEPHAN, C.W. (1991). Intermarriage : Effects on personality, adjustment, and intergroup relations in two samples of students. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 53, 241- 250. AMATO, P.R. & MAYNARD, R. (2007). Decreasing nonmarital births and strengthening marriage to reduce poverty. Future of Children, 17, 117-142.
ETAUGH, C. & BIRDOES, L.N. (1991). Effects of age, sex, and marital status on person perception. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 72, 491-497. STEVENSON, B. & WOLFERS, J. (2007). Marriage and divorce : Changes and their driving forces. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 21 (2), 27-52.
NOLLER, P. & RUZZENE, M. (1991). Communication in marriage : The influence of affect and cognition. In G.J.O. Fletcher & F.D. Fincham (Eds.), Cognition and close relationships (pp. 203-234). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., DEVOLDRE, I. & DE CORTE, K. (2007). The influence of personal characteristics and relationship properties on marital support. Psychologica Belgica, 47 (3), 195-217.
BURMAN, B. & MARGOLIN, G. (1992). Analysis of the association between marital relationships and health problems. Psychological Bulletin, 112, 39-63.  
HETHERINGTON, E.M. & CLINGEMPEEL, W.G. (1992). Coping with marital transitions : A family systems perspective. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 57 (2-3, Serial No. 227).  
SCHOEN, R. (1992). First unions and the stability of first marriages. Journal of Marriage & Family, 54, 281-284. ROEBUCK, B.J. & BROWN, S.L. (2007). Race-ethnic differences in marital quality and divorce. Social Science Research, 36, 945-967.
SCHWAB, R. (1992). Effects of a child's death on the marital relationship : A preliminary study. Death Studies, 16, 141-154. AMATO, P.R. & HOHMANN-MARRIOTT, B. (2007). A Comparison of high and low-distress marriages that end in divorce. Journal of Marriage & Family, 69, 621-638.
GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J., CARRIÈRE, S. & SWANSON, C. (1998). Predicting marital happiness and stability from newlywed interactions. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 60, 5-22.  
CHERLIN, A. (1992). Marriage, divorce, and remarriage. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press.  
BRADBURY, T.N. & FINCHAM, F.D. (1992). Attributions and behavior in marital interaction. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 63 (4), 613–628. WOLFINGER, N. & WILCOX, W. (2008). Happily ever after ? Religion, marital status, gender and relationship quality in urban families. Social Forces, 86, 1311-1337. [PDF]
VEROFF, J., SUTHERLAND, L., CHADIHA, L. & ORTEGA, R. (1993). Newlyweds tell their stories: A narrative method for assessing marital experiences. Journal of Social & Personal Relationships, 10, 437-457.  
MUENCH, D.M. & LANDRUM, R.E. (1994). Family dynamics and attitudes toward marriage. Journal of Psychology, 128, 425-431. HAWKINS, A.J., BLANCHARD, V., BALDWIN, S. & FAWCETT, E. (2008). Does marriage and relationship education work ? A meta-analytic study. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 76 (5), 723-734.
BEHRENS B.C. & SANDERS, M. R. (1994). Prevention of marital distress: Current issues in programming and research. Behavior Change, 11, 82-93.  
NOLLER, P., FEENEY, J.A., BONNELL, D. & CALLAN, V.J. (1994). A Longitudinal-Study of conflict in early marriage. Journal of Social & Personal Relationships, 11 (2), 233-252.  
HWANG, S.S., SAENZ, R. & AGUIRRE, B.E. (1994). Structural and individual determinants of outmarriage among Chinese-, Filipino-, and Japanese-Americans in California. Sociological Inquiry, 64 (2), 396-414. VERHOFSTADT, L.L., BUYSSE, A., DAVIS, M., ICKES, W. & DEVOLDRE, I. (2008). Support provision in marriage : The role of emotional similarity and empathic accuracy. Emotion, 8 (6), 792-802. [PDF]
LEVINE, R.V., SATO, S., HASHIMOTO, T. & VERMA, J. (1995). Love and marriage in eleven cultures. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 26 (5), 554-571. BLANCHARD, V.L., HAWKINS, A.J., BALDWIN, S.A. & FAWCETT, E.B. (2009). Investigating the effects of marriage and relationship education on couples' communication skills : A meta-analytic study. Journal of Family Psychology, 23 (2), 203-214. [PDF]
BRADBURY, T.N., BEACH, S.R.H., FINCHAM, F.D. & NELSON, G. (1996). Attributions and behavior in functional and dysfunctional marriages. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 569-576. [PDF] GOLD, K.J., SEN, A. & HAYWARD, R.A. (2010). Marriage and cohabitation outcomes after pregnancy loss. Pediatrics, 125 (5), 12002-1207. [PDF]
KARNEY, B.R. & BRADBURY, T.N. (1995). The longitudinal course of marital quality and stability: A review of theory, method, and research. Psychological Bulletin, 118, 3-34.  
SULLIVAN, K.T. & BRADBURY, T.N. (1996). Preventing marital dysfunction : The primacy of secondary strategies. The Behavior Therapist, 19, 33-36. HUMBAD, M.N., DONNELLAN, B., IACONO, W.G. & BURT, A. (2010). Externalizing psychopathology and marital sdjustment in long-term marriages : Results from a large combined sample of married couples. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 119 (1), 151. [PDF]
GIBLIN, P. (1997). Marital spirituality : A quantitative study. Journal of Religion & Health, 36, 333-344. HARKNETT, K. & SCHEIDER, D. (2012). Is a bad economy good for marriage ? The relationship between macroeconomic conditions and marital stability from 1998-2009. National Poverty Center Working Paper Series. [PDF]
GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J., CARRIÈRE, S. & SWANSON, C. (1998). Predicting marital happiness and stability from newlywed interactions. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 60, 5-22. MU, Z. & XIE Y. (2014). Marital age homogamy in China : A reversal of trend in the reform era ? Social Science Research, 44, 141-157.
KALMIJN, M. (1998) Intermarriage and homogamy : causes, patterns, trends. Annual Review of Sociology, 24, 395-421. SAARELA, J. & FINNÄS, F. (2014). Transitions within and from ethno-linguistically mixed and endogamous first unions in Finland. Acta Sociologica, 57, 77-92.
FINCHAM, F.D. & BEACH, S.R. (1999). Conflict in marriage : Implications for working with couples. Annual Review of Psychology, 50, 47-77. [PDF] BREWER, P.R., WILSON, D.C. & HABEGGER, M. (2016). Wedding imagery and public support for gay marriage. Journal of Homosexuality, 63,1041-1051.
SHAPIRO, A.F., GOTTMAN, J.M., COAN, J. & CARRIÈRE, S. (1999). The baby and the marriage : Identifying factors that buffer against decline in marital satisfaction after the baby arrives. Journal of Family Psychology, 14, 59-70. VON RUEDEN, C.R. & JAEGGI, A.V. (2016). Men's status and reproductive success in 33 non-industrial societies : effects of subsistence, marriage system and reproductive strategy. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 113, 10824-10829.
GOTTMAN, J.M. (1999). The seven principles for making marriage work. Harmony : Dedication page. VAN NIEKERK, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2019). Interfaith marriage attitudes in Muslim majority countries : A multilevel approach. The International Journal for the Psychology of Religion, 28 (4), 257-270.
Voir Couple, Relation intime, Divorce et Union libre
Mariage (Re-) : Mariage célébré à deux reprises entre les mêmes individus. Remarriage.
CHERLIN, A. (1992). Marriage, divorce, and remarriage. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press.
FU, V.K. (2010). Remarriage, delayed marriage, and Black/White Intermarriage, 1968-1995. Population Research & Policy Review, 29, 687-713.
Voir Mariage
Mariage homosexuel : Mariage entre individus de même sexe. Marriage among lesbian or gays.
ROTHBLUM, E.D. (2002). Boston marriage among Lesbian. In M. Yalom, L. Carstrnsen, E., Freedman & B. Gulpi (Eds.), Inside the american couple : New thinking/new challenges. Berkeley CA : University of California Press. [PDF]
Voir Mariage, Homosexualité et Couple homosexuel
Mariage-couple mixte : Mariage entre individus d'ethnie ou de religions différentes. Intermarriage, Ethnic and racial intermarriage, interracial relation, bi-racial coupe.
DAVIS, K. (1941). Intermarriage in caste societies. American Anthropologist, 43, 376-395. HIBBLER, D.K. & SHINEW, K.J. (2002). Interracial couples' experience of leisure : A social network approach. Journal of Leisure Research, 34 (2), 135-156. [PDF]
WASHINGTON, J.R. (1970). Marriage in Black and White. Boston : Beacon Press. STEVEN, G. & TYLER, M. (2002). Ethnic and racial intermarriage in the United States : Old and new regimes. In N.A. Denton and S.E. Tolnay (Eds.), American diversity : A demographic challenge for the twenty-first century (pp. 221-242). Albany, NY : State University of New York Press.
PORTEFIELD, E. (1982). Black-American intermarriage in the United States. Marriage & Family Review, 5 (1), 17-34. GARCIA, D.R. (2003). Mixed marriages and transnational families in the intercultural context : A case study of African/Spanish couples in Catalonia. Journal of Ethnic & Migration Studies, 32 (3), 403-433. [PDF]
WEST, P.C. (1989). Urban region parks and black minorities : Subculture, marginality, and interracial relations in park use in the Detroit metropolitan area. Leisure Sciences, 11, 11-28. HARRIS, D.R. & HIROMI, O. (2005). How many interracial marriages would there be if all groups wwere of equal size in all places ? A new look at national estimates of interracial marriage. Social Science Research, 34,236
PICKARD, P.R. (1989). Mixed blood : Intermarriage and ethnic identity in twentieth-century America. Madison : The University of Wisconsin Press. KALMIJN, M., DE GRAAF, P.M. & JANSSEN, J.P.G. (2005) Intermarriage and the risk of divorce in the Netherlands : the effects of differences in religion and in nationality, 1974-94. Population Studies, 59, 71-85.
STEPHAN, W.G. & STEPHAN, C. W. (1991). Intermarriage : Effects on personality, adjustment, and intergroup relations in two samples of students. Journal of Marriage & the Family, 53, 241- 250. GULLICKSON, A. (2006). Black/White interracial marriage trends, 1850-2000. Journal of Family History, 31 (3), 212-865.
KALMJIN, M. (1993). Trends in black/white intermarriage. Social Forces, 72 (1), 119-146. QIAN, Z. & LICHTER, D.T. (2007). Social boundaries and marital assimilation : Interpreting trends in racial and ethnic intermarriage. American Sociological Review 72, 68–94.
BOWLES, D.D. (1993). Bi-racial identity : Children born to African-American and white couples. Clinical Social Work Journal, 21 (4), 417-428. FU, V.K. (2010). Remarriage, delayed marriage, and Black/White Intermarriage, 1968-1995. Population Research & Policy Review, 29, 687-713.
HWANG, S.S., SAENZ, R. & AGUIRRE, B.E. (1994). Structural and individual determinants of outmarriage among Chinese-, Filipino-, and Japanese-Americans in California. Sociological Inquiry, 64 (2), 396-414. SCHAWARTZ, C.R. & MARE, R.D. (2012). The proximate determinants of educational homogamy : The effects of first marriage, marital dissolution, remarriage, and educational upgrading. Demography, 49, 629-650.
  KALMIJN, M. (2012). The educational gradient in intermarriage : A comparative analysis of immigrant groups in the United States. Social Forces, 91, 453-476.
ROSENBLATT, P.C., KARIS, T.A. & POWELl, R D. (1995). Multiracial couples : Black and white voices. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. SAARELA, J. & FINNÄS, F. (2014). Transitions within and from ethno-linguistically mixed and endogamous first unions in Finland. Acta Sociologica, 57, 77-92.
  TELLES, E. & PASCHEL, T. (2014). Who is Black, White, or mixed race ? How skin color, status, and nation shape racial classification in Latin America. American Journal of Sociology, 120, 864-907.
  RODRIGUEZ-GARCIA, D. (2015). Introduction : Intermarriage and integration revisited : International experiences and cross-disciplinary approaches. The Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science, 662, 8-36.
QIAN, Z. (1997). Breaking the racial barriers : Variations in interracial marriage between 1980 and 1990. Demography, 34,263-276. TELLES, E. & ESTEVE, A. (2019). Racial intermarriage in the Americas. Sociological Science, 6, 293-320. [PDF]
KALMIJN, M. (1998) Intermarriage and homogamy : causes, patterns, trends. Annual Review of Sociology, 24, 395-421. VAN NIEKERK, J. & VERKUYTEN, M. (2019). Interfaith marriage attitudes in Muslim majority countries : A multilevel approach. The International Journal for the Psychology of Religion, 28 (4), 257-270.
Voir Ethnie, Religion et Mariage
Marijuana : Drogue extraite du chanvre indien, qui possède des propriétés hallucinogènes et euphorisantes. = marihuana, cannabis, cannabinoïdes. Marijuana, cannabis, Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinol, THC.
  STEPHENS, R.S., ROFFMAN, R.A. & CURTIN, L. (2000). Comparison of extended versus brief treatments for marijuana use. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 898-908.
  FERGUSSON, D.M. & HORWOOD, L.J. (2000). Does cannabis use encourage other forms of illicit drug use ? Addiction, 95, 505-520.
  HALL, W. & DEGENHARDT, L. (2000) Cannabis use and psychosis : a review of clinical and epidemiological evidence. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 34, 26-34.
  POULTON, R., MOFFITT, A., HARRINGTON, H.L., MILNE, B.J. & CASPI, A. (2001). Persistence and perceived consequences of cannabis use and dependence among young adults : implications for policy. The New Zealand Medical Journal, 14, 544-547.
  JOHNS, A. (2001). Psychiatric effects of cannabis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 178, 116-122.
BECKER, H.C. (1953). Becoming a marijuana user. American Journal of Sociology, 59, 235-240. NUNEZ, L. & GURPEGUI, M. (2002). Cannabis-induced psychosis : A cross-sectional comparison with acute schizophrenia. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 105, 173-178.
  VERDOUX, H., SORBARA, F., GINDRE, C., SWENDSEN, J.D. & VAN OS, J. (2002). Cannabis use and dimensions of psychosis in a nonclinical population of female subjects. Schizophrenia Research, 59, 77-84.
  O'LEARY, D.S., BLOCK, R.I., KOEPPEL, J.A., FLAUM, M., SCHULTZ, S.K., ANDREASEN, N.C., PONTO, L.B., WATKINS. G.L., HURTIG, R.R. & HICHWA, R.D. (2002). Effects of smoking marijuana on brain perfusion and cognition. Neuropsychopharmacology, 26, 802-816.
  ARSENEAULT, S., CANNON, M.R., POULTON, R., MURRAY, R., CASPI, A. & MOFITT, T.E. (2002). Cannabis use in adolescence and risk for adult psychosis : Longitudinal prospective study. British Medical Journal, 325, 1212-1213.
  VORUGANTI, L., SLOMKA, P., ZABEL, P., MATTAR, A. & AWAD, G.A. (2002). Cannabis induced dopamine release : an in-vivo SPECT study. Psychiatry Research, 107, 173-177.
  IVERSEN, L. (2003). Cannabis and the brain. Brain, 126, 1252-1270. [PDF]
TART, C.T. (1970). Marijuana intoxication common experiences. Nature, 226, 701-704. FERGUSSON, D.M., HORWOOD, L.J. & SWAIN-CAMPBELL, N.R. (2003). Cannabis dependence and psychotic symptoms in young people. Psychological Medicine, 33, 15-21.
  McDONALD, J., SCHLEIFER, L., RICHARDS, J.B. & DE WIT, H. (2003). Effects of THC on behavioral measures of impulsivity in humans. Neuropsychopharmacology, 28, 1356-1365.
JESSOR, R., JESSOR, S.L. & FINNEY, J. (1973). A social psychology of marijuana use : Longitudinal studies of high school and college youth. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 26, 1-15. DEGENHARDT, L., HALL, W. & LYNSKEY, M. (2003). Testing hypotheses about the relationship between cannabis use and psychosis. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 71, 37-48. [PDF]
NAHAS, G.G. (1973). Marijuana-deceptive weed. New York : Raven Press. FRENCH, M.T., ROEBUCK, M.C., DENNIS, M.L., GODLEY, S.H., LIDDLE, H.A. & TIMS, F.M. (2003). Outpatient marijuana treatment for adolescents. Economic evaluation of a multisite field experiment. Evaluation Review, 27 (4), 421-459.
ABEL, E.L. (1980). Marijuana : The first twelve thousand years. New York : Plenum Press. POTVIN, S., STIP, E. & ROY, J.-Y. (2004). Schizophrénie et cannabinoïdes : Données cliniques, expérimentales et biologiques. Cannabis, 2 (2), 1-16. [PDF]
  HALL, W. & DEGENHARDT, L. (2004) Is there a specific "cannabis psychosis" ? In D.J. Castle & R. Murray (Eds), Marijuana and Madness. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
JESSOR, R., CHASE, J.A. & DONOVAN, J.E. (1980). Psychosocial correlates of marijuana use and problem drinking in a national sample of adolescents. American Journal of Public Health, 70, 604-613. SMIT, F., BOLIER, L. & CUIJPERS, P. (2004). Cannabis use and the risk of later schizophrenia : a review. Addiction, 99, 425-430. [PDF]
VOTH, H.M. (1982). The effects of marijuana on the young.In Marijuana and youth : Clinical observations on motivation and learning (pp. 51-60) Washington, DC : U.S.Government Printing Office. ARSENAULT, L., CANNON, M., WITTON, J. & MURRAY, R.M. (2004). Causal association between cannabis and psychosis : examination of the evidence. British Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 110-117. [PDF]
MILLER L.L. & BRACONNIER, R.J. (1983). Cannabis : Effects on memory and the cholinergic limbic system. Psychological Bulletin, 93, 441-456. VERDOUX, H. (2004) Cannabis and psychosis proneness. In D.J. Castle & R. Murray (Eds), Marijuana and madness. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
MELLO, N.K. & MENDELSON, J.H. (1985). Operant acquisition of marijuana by women. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 235, 162-171. SARNE, Y. & MECHOULAM, R. (2005). Cannabinoids : between neuroprotection and neurotoxicity. Current Drug Targets - CNS & Neurological Disorders, 4, 677-684.
AKERS, R.L. & COCHRANE, J.K. (1985). Adolescent marijuana use : A test of three theories of deviant behavior. Deviant Behavior, 6 (4), 323-346. BOWEN, R., McILWRICK, J., MARILYN, B. & ZHANG, X. (2005). Lithium and marijuana withdrawal. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 50, 240-241.
HOLLISTER, L.E. (1986). Health aspects of cannabis. Pharmacological Review, 38, 1-20. CASPI, A., MOFFITT, T.E., CANNON, M., McLAY, J., HARRINGTON, H., TAYLOR, A., ARSENAULT, L., WILLIAMS, B., BRAITWAITE, A. POULTON, R. & CRAIG, I.W. (2005). Moderation of the effect of adolescent-onset cannabis use on adult psychosis by a functional polymorphism in the catechol-o-methyltransferase gene : Longitudinal evidence of a gene x environment interaction. Biological Psychiatry, 57, 1117-1127.
FRIED, P.A. (1986). Marijuana and human pregnancy. In I.J. Chasnoff (Ed.), Drug use in pregnancy : Mother and child (pp. 64-74). Lancaster, PA : MTP Press SHUFMAN, E., LERNER, A. & WITZTUM, E. (2005). Depersonalization after withdrawal from cannabis usage. Harefuah, 144, 249-251.
EHRENKRANZ, J.R.L. & HEMBREE, W.C. (1986). Effects of marijuana on male reproductive function. Psychiatric Annals, 16, 243-248 BERGEN, H.A., MARTIN, G., ROEGER, L. & ALLISON, S. (2005). Perceived academic performance and alcohol, tobacco and marijuana use : longitudinal relationships in young community adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 30, 1563-1573. [PDF]
RAINONE, G.A., DEREN, S., KLEINMAN, P.H. & WISH, E.D. (1987). Heavy marijuana users not in treatment. The continuing search for the "pure" marijuana user. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 19, 353-359. DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2006). Pothead or pot smoker ? A taxometric investigation of cannabis dependence. Substance Abuse Treatment, Prevention & Policy, 1 (22), 1-6. [PDF]
PAGE, J.B., FLETCHER, J. & TRUE, W.R. (1988). Psychosociocultural perspectives on chronic cannabis use : The Costa Rican follow-up. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20, 57-65. ZICKLER, P. (2006). Marijuana smoking is associated with a spectrum of respiratory disorders. NIDA Notes, 21 (1), 12-13.
ANDRÉASSON, S., ALLEBECK, P., ENGSTRÖM, A. & RYDBERG, U. (1988). Cannabis and schizophrenia : a longitudinal study of Swedish conscripts. Lancet, 2 (8574), 1483-1485.  
TASHKIN, D.P., SIMMONS, M. & CLARK, V. (1988). Effect of habitual smoking of marijuana alone and with tobacco on nonspecific airways hyperreactivity. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20 (1), 21-25. ZVOLENSKY, M.J., BERNSTEIN, A., SACH-ERICCSON, N., SCHMIDT, N.B., BUCKENER, J. & BONN-MILLER, M.O. (2006). Cannabis use, abuse, and dependence and panic attacks in a representative sample. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 40, 477-486.
THORNICROFT, G. (1990) Cannabis and psychosis. Is there epidemiological evidence for an association? British Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 25-33. KUMRA, S. (2007). Schizophrenia and cannabis use. Minnesota Medicine, 90 (1), 36-38.
FOLTIN, R. W., FISCHMAN, M. W., BRADY, J.V., BERNSTEIN, D.J., CAPRIOTTI, R.M., NELLIS, M.J. & KELLY, T.H. (1990). Motivational effects of smoked marijuana: Behavioral contingencies and low-probability activities. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 53 (1), 5-19. [PDF] TWOHIG, M.P., SHOENBERGER, D. & HAYES, S.C. (2007). A preliminary investigation of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a treatment for marijuana dependence in adults. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4), 619-632. [PDF]
DAY, N.L. & RICHARDSON, G.A. (1991). Prenatal marijuana use : Epidemiology, methodological issues, and infant outcome. Chemical Dependency & Pregnancy, 18, 77-91. DENSON, T.F. & EARLEYWINE, M. (2008). Self-reported use of alcohol, marijuana, and hard drugs and aggression : A structural equation modeling analysis of an internet survey of long-term marijuana users. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment & Trauma, 16, 164-180. [PDF]
CHAUDRY, H.R., MOSS, H.B., BASHIR, A. & SULIMAN, T. (1991). Cannabis psychosis following bhang ingestion. British Journal of Addiction, 86, 1065-1081. MORGAN, C.J. & CURRAN, H.V. (2008). Effects of cannabidiol on schizophrenia-like symptoms in people who use cannabis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 192, 306-307.
SOLOWIJ, N., MICHIE, P.T. & FOX, A.M. (1991). Effects of long-term cannabis use on selective attention : an event-related potential study. Pharmacology Biochemistry & Behavior, 40, 683-688. FRISHER, M., CROME, I., MARTINO, O. & CROFT, P. (2009). Assessing the impact of cannabis use on trends in diagnosed schizophrenia in the United Kingdom from 1996 to 2005. Schizophrenia Research, 113 (2-3), 123-128. [PDF]
BAILEY, S.L., FLEWELLING, R.L. & RACHAL, J.V. (1992). Predicting continued use of marijuana among adolescents : The relative influence of drug-specific and social context factors. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 33, 51-66. BHATTACHARYYA, S., Morrison P.D, FUSAR-POLI, P., MARTIN-SANTOS, R., BORGWARDT, S., WINTON-BROWN, T., NOSARTI, C., O'CARROLL, C.M., SEAL, M., ALLEN, P., MEHTA, M.A., STONE, J.M., TUNSTALL, N., IAMPIETRO, V., KAPUR, S., MURRAY, R.M., ZUARDI, A.W., CRIPPA, J.A., ATAKAN, Z. & MCGUIRE, P.K. (2010). Opposite effects of D-9-Tetrahydrocannabinol and cannabidiol on human brain function and psychopathology. neuropsychopharmacology, 35 (3), 764-774. [PDF]
ZARETSKY, A., RECTOR, N.A., SEEMAN, N.V. & FORNAZZARI, X. (1993). Current cannabis use and tardive dyskinesia. Schizophrenia Research, 11, 3-8. ZVOLENSKY, M.J., COUGLE, J.R., JOHNSON, K.A., BONN-MILLER, M.O. & BERNSTEIN, A. (2010). Marijuana use and panic psychopathology among a representative sample of adults. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 18 (2), 129-134. [PDF]
KELLY, T.H., FOLTIN, R.W. & ISHMAN, M.W. (1993). Effects of smoked marijuana on heart rate, drug ratings and task performance by humans. Behavioural Pharmacology, 4, 167-178. KOLLIAKOU A., JOSEPH, C., ISMAIL, K., ATAKAN, Z. & MURRAY, R.M. (2011). Why do patients with psychosis use cannabis and are they ready to change their use ? International Journal of Developmental Neuroscience, 29, 335-346.
SMITH, P.F. (1995). Cannabis and the brain. New Zealand Journal of Psychology, 24, 5-12. THOMPSON, V.A., PROWSE, J.A. & PENNYCOOK, G. (2011). Intuition, reason, and metacognition. Cognitive Psychology, 63, 107-140. [PDF]
AZORIOSA. J.L., GREENWALD, M.K. & STITZER, M.L. (1995). Marijuana smoking : effects of varying puff volume and breathhold duration. Journal of Pharmacology & Experimental Therapeutics, 272 (2), 560-569. CASADIOA, P., FERNANDES, C., MURRAY, R.M. & DI FORTI, M. (2011). Cannabis use in young people : The risk for schizophrenia. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 1779-1787. [PDF]
AKERS, R.L. & LEE, G. (1996). Adolescent marijuana use : A test of three theories of deviant behavior. Deviant Behavior 6 (4), 323-346. TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta(9)Tetrahydrocannabinol impairs visuo-spatial associative learning and spatial working memory in rhesus macaques. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 26, 1299-1306.
POPE, H.G. & YERGLUN-TODD, D. (1996). The residual cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in college students. Journal of the American Medical Association, 275(7), 521-527. [PDF] SCHIMMELMANN, B., CONUS, P., COTTON S., KUPFERSCHMID, S., MCGORRY, P.D. & LAMBERT, M. (2012). Prevalence and impact of cannabis use disorders in adolescents with early onset first episode psychosis. European Psychiatry, 27, 463-469.
WORKSHOP ON THE MEDICAL UTILITY OF MARIJUANA. (1997). Report to the director, National Institutes of Health, by the Ad Hoc Group of Experts. Washington, DC : National Institutes of Health. TAFFE, M.A. (2012). Delta9-Tetrahydrocannabinol attenuates MDMA-induced hyperthermia in rhesus monkeys. Neuroscience, 201, 125-133.
ZIMMER, L. & MORGAN, J.P. (1997). Marijuana myths and marijuana facts. New York : The Lindesmith Center. WRIGHT, J.M., VANDEWATER, S.A. & TAFFE, M.A. (2013). Cannabidiol attenuates deficits of visuospatial associative memory induced by Δ(9) tetrahydrocannabinol. British Journal of Pharmacology, 170, 1365-1373. [PDF]
GRECH, A., TAKEI, N. & MURRAY, R. (1998). Comparison of cannabis use in psychotic patients and controls in London and Malta. Schizophrenia Research, 1 (29),22. SARA, G.P., BURGESS, G., MALHI, H., WHITEFOD, H. & HALL, W. (2014). Cannabis and stimulant disorders and readmissions 2 years after first episode psychosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 204, 448-453.
GARDNER, E.L. & VOREL, R.S. (1998). Cannabinoid transmission and reward-related events. Neurobiology of Disease, 5 (6), 502-533. WU, L.-T., SWARTZ, M., BRADY, K.T. & HOYLE, R.H. (2015). Perceived cannabis use norms and cannabis use among adolescents in the United States. Journal Psychiatric Research, 64, 79-87. [PDF]
CASPARI, D. (1999). Cannabis and schizophrenia: Results of a follow-up study. European Archives of Psychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 249, 45-49. POTVIN, S., STIP, E. & ROY, J.-Y. (2018). Schizophrénie et cannabinoïdes : Données cliniques, expérimentales et biologiques. Drogues, Santé et Société, 2 (2), 1-16. [PDF]
Voir aussi Style de vie, Psychose induite par les substance et Drogue
Maris Bernard (Toulouse 1946-2015 Paris) : Économiste français. = Oncle Bernard.
MARIS, B. (2003). Antimanuel d'économie : Tome 1, les fourmis. Bréal,
MARIS, B. (2006). Antimanuel d'économie : Tome 2, les cigales. Bréal
MARIS, B. (2009). Capitalisme et pulsion de mort. Paris : Albin Michel.
MARIS, B. (2010). Marx, pourquoi m'as-tu abandonné ? Éditions Les Échappés.
MARIS, B. (2012). Plaidoyer (impossible) pour les socialistes. Paris : Albin Michel.
Arthur B. Markman Michael R. Markman
Markman Arthur B. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivisme américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage des concepts. Collaborateur de Gentner et Maddox.
MARKMAN, A.B. & GENTNER, D. (1993). Structural alignment during similarity comparisons. Cognitive Psychology, 25 (4), 431-467. [PDF]
MARKMAN, A.B. & GENTNER, D. (2000). Structure-mapping in the comparison process. American Journal of Psychology, 113 (4), 501-538.
MARKMAN, A.B. & GENTNER, D. (2001). Thinking. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 223-247. [PDF]
MARKHAM, A.B. & ROSS, B.H. (2003). Category use and category learning. Psychological Bulletin, 129 (4), 592-613.
MARKHAM, A.B., MADDOX, W.T. & WORTHY, D.A. (2006). Choking and excelling under pressure. Psychological Science, 17, 944-948. [PDF]
Markham Michael R. (New Mexico 1968-) : Neuropsychologue et béhavioriste américain. Étudiant de Dougher.
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & WULFERT, E. (1993). Social contingencies and the effects of punishment in alcoholics and nonalcoholics. Behavior Therapy, 24, 277-284. [PDF]
MARKHAM, M.R. BUTT, A.E & DOUGHER, M.J. (1996). A touch-screen apparatus for training visual discriminations in hooded rats. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65, 173-182. [PDF]
MARKHAM, M.R., DOUGHER, M.J. & AUGUSTON, E. (2002). Transfer of operant discrimination and respondent elicitation via emergent relations of compound stimuli. The Psychological Record, 52, 325-350. [PDF]
MARKHAM, R.G. & MARKHAM, M.R. (2002). On the role of covarying functions in stimulus class formation and transfer of function. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 78, (3), 509-524. [PDF]
MARKHAM, M.R. & STODDARD, P.K. (2005). Adrenocorticotropic hormone enhances the masculinity of an electric communication signal by modulating the waveform and timing of action potentials within individual cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 25, 8746-8754. [PDF]
Markov Andreï (1856-1922) : Mathématicien russe.
Markov (chaînes ou modèle de...) : Markov chains, Markov model.
ATKINSON, R.C. (1958). A Markov model for discrimination learning. Psychometrika, 23, 309-322. HEYMAN, G.M. (1979). A Markov model description of changeover probabilities on concurrent variable-interval schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 31 (1), 41-51. [PDF]
ATKINSON, R.C. (1959). Applications of a Markov model to two-person non-cooperative games. In R.R. Bush and W.K. Estes (Eds.), Studies in mathematical learning theory. Stanford, California : Stanford University Press. KURAVSKY, L.S. & MALYKH, S. (2004). Application of Markov models for analysis of development of psychological characteristics. Australian Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology, 4, 29-40. [PDF]
SUPPES, P. & ATKINSON, R.C. (1960). Markov learning models for multiperson interactions. Stanford : Stanford University Press. LINK, D. (2006). Chains to the West : Markov's theory of connected events and its transmission to Western Europe. Science in Context, 19, 561-589.
LEE, H.E. (1972). A Markov chain model for Asch-type conformity experiments. Journal of Mathematical Sociology, 2, 131-142.] PAGEL, M. & MEADE, A. (2006). Bayesian analysis of correlated evolution of discrete characters by reversible-jump Markov chain Monte Carlo. American Naturalist, 167,808–825.
SENETA, E. (1981). Non-negative matrices and Markov chains. New-York : Springer-Verlag. DIACONIS, P. (2009). The Markov chain Monte Carlo revolution. Bulletin of the American Mathematical Society, 46, 179-205. [PDF]
BRAINERD, C.J. (1979). Markovian interpretations of conservation learning. Psychological Review, 86, 181-213.  
Henry Markovits Hans Joachim Markowitsch
Markovits Henry ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste européen d'origine québécoise. Il enseigne à l'Université du Québec à Montréal. Il étudie le développement de la pensée et du raisonnement, notamment du raisonnement conditionnel. Collaborateur de Handley, Rips, Strayer, Thompson et Wrangham.
MARKOVITS, H. (1993). The development of conditional reasoning : A piagetian reformulation of the theory of mental models. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly : Invitational issue on the Development of Rationality & Critical Thinking, 39 (1), 133-160.
MARKOVITS, H. & BARROUILLET, P. (2002). The development of conditional reasoning : A mental model account. Developmental Review, 22 (1), 5-36. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. & HANDLEY, S. (2005). Is inferential reasoning just probabilistic reasoning in disguise ? Memory & Cognition, 33 (7), 1315-1323. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H., BENENSON, J. & WHITE, S. (2006). Gender and gender priming differences in speed of processing of information relating to dyadic and group contexts. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 42, 662-667. [PDF]
MARKOVITS, H. & THOMPSON, V.A. (2008). Different developmental patterns of simple deductive and probabilistic inferential reasoning. Memory & Cognition, 36 (6), 1066-1078. [PDF]
Markowitsch Hans Joachim (Singen 1949-) : Neurosychologue allemand et spécialiste de l'étude de l'amnésie.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. (1996). Organic and psychogenic retrograde amnesia : two sides of the same coin ? Neurocase, 2, 357-371.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J., KESSLER, J., VAN DER VEN, C., WEBER-LUXEMBURGER, G., ALBERS, M. & HEISS, W.D. (1998). Psychic trauma causing grossly reduced brain metabolism and cognitive deterioration. Neuropsychologia, 36, 77-82.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2011). Amygdala in action : Relaying biological and social significance to autobiographic memory. Neuropsychologia 49, 718-733.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2012). Amnesic disorders. Lancet, 380 (9851), 1429-1440.
MARKOWITSCH, H.J. & STANILOIU, S. (2012). The impairment of recollection in functional amnesic states. Cortex 30, 1-17.
David F. Marks Isaac M. Marks Michael J. Marks
Marks David Francis (Liphook 1945-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude des images mentales, et critique de la parapsychologie. Il est membre du Comittee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal. Il s'intéresse également à la psychologie de la santé.
MARKS, D.F. (1973). Visual imagery differences in the recall of pictures. British Journal of Psychology, 64, 17-24.
MARKS, D.F. (1981). Imagery, knowledge and the individual. Journal of Mental Imagery, 5, 47-50.
MARKS, D.F. (1983). Mental imagery and consciousness : A theoretical review. In A.A. Sheikh (Ed.), Imagery : Current theory, research, and application (pp. 96-130). New York : Wiley.
MARKS, D.F. (1996). Health psychology in context. Journal of Health Psychology, 1 (1), 7-21. [PDF]
MARKS, D.F. (1999). Consciousness, mental imagery and action. British Journal of Psychology, 90, 567-585.
Marks Isaac M. ( ) : Psychiatre cognitivo-béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la peur, du trouble obsessionnel-compulsif et des thérapies par exposition. Collaborateur de Lader et Shapiro.
MARKS, I.M. & GELDER, M.G. (1966). Different ages of onset in varieties of phobias. American Journal of Psychiatry, 123, 218-221.
MARKS, I.M., HODGSON, R. & RACHMAN, S. (1975). Treatment of chronic obsessive-compulsive neurosis by in vivo exposure : a two year follow-up and issues in treatment.British Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 349-364.
MARKS, I.M. (1981). Psychiatry and behavioural psychotherapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 39, 74-78.
MARKS, I.M. & O'SULLIVAN, G. (1988). Drugs and psychological treatments for agoraphobia/panic and obsessive-compulsive disorders : a review. British Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 650-658.
MARKS, I.M. (1997). Behaviour therapy for obsessive-compulsive disorder : A decade of progress. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 42, 1021-1027. [PDF]
Marks Michael J. ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste du double-standard sexuel. Collaborateur de Fraley.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2005). The sexual double standard : Fact or fiction ? Sex Roles, 52 (3-4), 175-186.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2006). Confirmation bias and the sexual double standard. Sex Roles, 54 (1-2), 19-26.
MARKS, M.J. & FRALEY, R.C. (2007). The impact of social interaction on the sexual double standard. Social Influence, 2, 29-54.
MARKS, M.J. (2008). Evaluations of sexually active men and women under divided attention : A social cognitive approach to the sexual double standard. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 30, 84-91.
MARKS, M.J. (2009). Double standards in relationships. In H.T. Reis and S. Sprecher (Eds.), Encyclopedia of human relationships (Vol. 1, pp. 468-469). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage.
Markus Hazel Rose (1949-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine et chef de file de la perspective cognitive sociale et de la psychologie culturelle. On lui doit le concept de schéma de soi. Elle s'est notamment intéressé à la culture. Professeure de Adams. Collaboratrice de Jones, Heine, Hastorf, Kim, Kitayama, Mesquita, Moreland, Nisbett, Shweder et Zajonc.
MARKUS, H.R. (1977). Self-schemata and processing information about the self. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 35, 63-78. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R., SMITH, J. & MORELAND, R.L. (1985). Role of the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 1494-1512.
MARKUS, H.R. & KUNDA, Z. (1986). Stability and malleability in the self-concept in the perception of others. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51 (4), 858-866. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R. & KITAYAMA, S. (2008). Culture and the self : Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98 (2), 224-253. [PDF]
MARKUS, H.R. (2008). Pride, prejudice, and ambivalence : Toward a unified theory of race and ethnicity. American Psychologist, 63, 651-670. [PDF]
Marlatt G. Alan (Vancouver 1941-2011) : Psychologue cognitivo-behavioriste canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la dépendance aux drogues.
MARLATT, G.A. (1979). A cognitive-behavioral model of the relapse process. NIDA - Research Monographs, (25), 191-200.
MARLATT, G.A. SOMERS, J.M. & TAPERT, S.F. (1993). Harm reduction : application to alcohol abuse problems. NIDA - Research Monographs, 137, 147-166.
MARLATT, G.A. (1996). Harm reduction : come as you are. Addictive Behaviors, 21 (6), 779-788.
MARLATT, G.A. (2001). Should abstinence be the goal for alcohol treatment ? Negative viewpoint. The American Journal on Addictions, 10, 291-293.
MARLATT, G.A. & WITKIEWITZ, K. (2002). Harm reduction approaches to alcohol use : health promotion, prevention, and treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 27 (6), 867-886.
LONGABAUGH, R., RUBIN, A., STOUT, R.L., ZWIAK, W.H. & LOWMAN, C. (1996). The reliablity of Marlatt's taxonomy for classifying relapses.Addiction, 91 (S), 73-88.
MAISTO, S.A., CONNORS, G.J. & ZYWIAK, W.H. (1996). Construct validation analyses on the Marlatt typology of relapse precipitants. Addiction, 91 (S), 89-98.
LOWMAN, C., ALLEN, J. & STOUT, R.L. (1996). The Relapse Research Group. Replication and extension of Marlatt's taxonomy of relapse precipitants : Overview of procedures and results. Addiction, 91 (S), 51-72.
DONOVAN, D.M. (1996). Marlatt's classification of relapse precipitants : is the Emperor still wearing clothes ? Addiction, 91 (S), 131-138.
LARIMER, M.E, PALMER, R.S. & MARLATT, G.A. (1999). Relapse prevention : An overview of Marlatt's cognitive-behavioral model. Alcohol Research & Health, 23 (2), 151-160. [PDF]
Marley Anthony A.J. ( ) : Psychologue connexioniste québécois et professeur (à la retraite) de l'Université Mcgill. Il étudie les processus perceptifs dans le cadre de la théorie du traitement de l'information (modèles connexionistes). Professeur de Lacouture. Collaborateur de Luce.
MARLEY, A.A.J. & COOK, V.T. (1986). A limited capacity rehearsal model for psychophysical judgements applied to magnitude estimation. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 30 (4), 339-390.
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1988). Random utility models with binary tree decomposable rank orders satisfy Tversky's elimination-by-aspects model. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 32, 436-448.
LACOUTURE, Y. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1995). A mapping model of bow effects in absolute identification. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 39 (4), 383-395.
MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). Probabilistic choice as a consequence of nonlinear (sub) optimization. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 41 (4), 382-391.
MIGNAULT, A. & MARLEY, A.A.J. (1997). A real-time neuronal model of classical conditioning. Adaptive Behavior, 6 (1), 3-61.
Marmotte (Marmota marmota) : Mammifère rongeur qui vit dans les bois et les villes.
BARASH, D.P. (1973). The social biology of the Olympic marmot. Animal Behaviour Monographs, 6, 171-245.
BARASH, D.P. (1974). The social behaviour of the hoary marmot (Marmota caligata). Animal Behaviour, 22, 256-261.
BARASH, D.P. (1976). Social behaviour and individual difference in free-living Alpine marmots (Marmota marmota). Animal Behaviour, 24, 27-35.
NOWICKI, S. & ARMITAGE, K.B. (1979). Behavior of juvenile yellow-bellied marmots: Play and social integration. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 51, 85-105.
Voir aussi Mammifère et Animal
Marque : Ensemble des caractéristiques et des signes distinctifs d'un produit ou d'une entreprise, que l'on asscoie généralement à des qualités (ou à des défauts lorsque la valeur de la marque est en déclin). Marque, consommation et fidélité à la marque. Label, brand label, name.
MITCHELL, A.A. (1986). The effect of verbal and visual components of advertisements on brand attitudes and attitude toward the advertisement. Journal of Consumer Research, 13, 12-24. GARNER, R. (2005). What's in a name ? Persuasion perhaps. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15 (2), 108-116.
PIERCE, W.D. & BELKE, T. (1988). Stimulus control of consumer opinion by brand names : A social conditioning analysis. The Psychological Record, 38, 227-236. BRENDL, M., CHATTOPADHYAY, A., PELHAM, B.W. & CARVALLO, M. (2005). Name letter branding : Valence transfers when product specific needs are active. Journal of Consumer Research, 32, 405-415. [PDF]
BUSHMAN, B.J. (1993). What's in a name ? The moderating role of public self-consciousness on the relation between brand label and brand preference. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78, 857-861. MANDEL, N., PETROVA, P.K. & CIALDINI, R.B. (2006). Images of success and the preference for luxury brands. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16 (1), 57-69. [PDF]
SEMPRINI, A. (1995). La marque. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. CAMELIS, C. (2009). L'influence de l'expérience sur l'image de la marque de service. s Vie & sciences de l'entreprise. Vie et Sciences de l'Entreprise, 182 (2), 57-74. [PDF]
AAKER, J.L. (1997). Dimensions of brand personality. Journal of Marketing Research, 34, 347-356. WILCOX, K., KIM, H.M. & SEN, S. (2009). Why do consumers buy counterfeit luxury brands ? Journal of Marketing Research, 46 (2), 247-259. [PDF]
KLEIN, N. (2000/02). No logo : La tyrannie des marques. Paris : Actes Sud. TORELLI, C.J., ALOKPARNA, B.M. & KAIKATI, A.M. (2011). Doing poorly by doing good : Corporate social responsibility and brand concepts. Journal of Consumer Research, 38 (5), 948-963.
FOXALL, G.R. & SCHREZENMAIER, T.C. (2003). The behavioural economics of consumer brand choice : Establishing a methodology. Journal of Economic Psychology, 24, 675-695. NELISSEN, R.M.A. & MEIJERS, M.H.C. (2011). Social benefits of luxury brands as costly signals of wealth and status. Evolution & Human Behavior, 32 (5), 343-355.
  SEGHIR, A. (2013). La marque comme référent ultime de la publicité. Communication, 32 (1),
Voir aussi Engagement envers la marque, Comparaison sociale, Consommation et Fidélité à la marque
Marqueur : Signe ou indice de l'existence d'un phénomène, souvent inobservable ou difficilement observable. La nature de ces signes varient selon l'objet d'étude: ils peuvent être de nature sémantique, génétique, neurophysiologique, etc.
Types de marqueur
Marqueur génétique Marqueur neurophysiologique Marqueur sémantique
Marqueur génétique : Biological marker, DNA marker.
McGUFFIN, P. & STUART, E. (1986). Genetic markers in schizophrenia. Human Heredity, 16, 461-465.
MULLEN, P.E., LINSELL, C.R. & PARKER, D. (1986). Influence of sleep disturbance and calorie restriction on biological markers of depression. Lancet, 2, 1051-1054.
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. & PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science, 261, 320-326. [PDF]
RICE, G., ANDERSON, C., RISCH, N. & EBERS, G. (1999). Male homosexuality : absence of linkage to microsatellite markers at Xq28. Science, 284 (5414), 665-667.
VISSCHER, P.M. (1999). Speed congenics : accelerated genome recovery using genetic markers. Genetical Research, 74, 81-85. [PDF]
QUINN, P.C., WESTERLUD, A. & NELSON, C.A. (2006). Neural markers of categorization in 6-month-old infants. Psychological Science, 17, 59-66.
BRISBOIS, T.D., FARMER, A.P. & McCARGAR, L.J. (2012). Early markers of adult obesity : A review. Obesity Reviews, 13 (4), 347-367. [PDF]
Marqueur neurophysiologique : Signe ou indice de nature neurophysiologique qui témoigne de l'existence d'un phénomène, souvent inobservable ou difficilement observable. Marqueur et symptôme. Neurophysiological marker, neural marker, biophysiological marker.
WIMBER, M., BÄUML, K.-H., BERGSTRÖM,Z., MARKOPOULOS, G., HEINZE, H.-J. & RICHARDSON-KLAVEHN, A. (2008). Neural markers of inhibition in human memory retrieval. The Journal of Neuroscience, 28, 13419-13427. [PDF]
DENNIS, T.A. (2010). Neurophysiological markers for child emotion regulation from the perspective of emotion-cognition integration : Current directions and future challenges. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35 (2), 212-230. [PDF]
Marqueur sémantique : Signe ou indice du langage qui révèle l'existence d'un phénomène, souvent inobservable ou difficilement observable. Marqueur sémantique et symptôme. Cognitive marker.
GREENWALD, A.G., DRAINE, S.C. & ABRAMS, R.L. (1996). Three cognitive markers of unconscious semantic activation. Science, 273, 1699-1702.
BISHOP, D.V.M., NORTH, T. & DONLAN, C. (1996). Nonword repetition as a behavioural marker for inherited language impairment : Evidence from a twin study. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 37, 391-403.
Marquis Donald George (1908-1973) : Psychologue behavioriste américain. Avec Hilgard, il a rédigé un manuel de base en apprentissage qui est devenu une référence en la matière. Président de l'APA en 1948. Collaborateur de Hilgard et Woodworth.
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition, extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19, 29-58.
MARQUIS, D.G. (1940). Physiological psychology. Annual Review of Physiology, 2, 433-461.
MARQUIS, D.G. (1944). Social psychologists in national war agencies. Psychological Bulletin, 41, 115-126.
WOODWORTH, R.S. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1949). Psychology : a study of mental life. London : Methuen.
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1961). Conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton Century-Crofts/Gregory A. Kimble.
KIMBLE, G.A. (1961). Hilgard and Marquis' conditioning and learning. New York : Appleton- Century-Crofts.
David Courtnay Marr Jackson M. Marr
Marr David Courtnay (Woodford 1945-1980 Cambridge Massachusetts) : Mathématicien, neurocognitiviste anglais et chef de file du connexionisme et de l'intelligence artificielle. Il a développé un modèle de la perception.
MARR, D. (1970). A theory for cerebral neocortex. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 176, 161-234.
MARR, D. (1975). Approaches to biological information processing. Science, 190, 875-876.
MARR, D. (1977). Artificial intelligence : A personal view. Artificial Intelligence, 9 (1), 37-48.
MARR, D. & NISHIHARA, H.K. (1978). Representation and recognition of spatial organization of three-dimensional shapes. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, B, 200, 269-294.
MARR, D. (1982/90). Vision : A computational investigation into the human representation and processing of visual information. San Francisco : W.H. Freeman.
SHAPIRO, L.A. (1993). Content, kinds, and individualism in Marr's theory of vision. The Philosophical Review, 102 (4), 489-513. [PDF]
Marr Jackson M. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'analyse du comportement. Étudiant de Morse. Collaborateur de Davison, Gentry, Maple et Zeiler.
MARR, M.J. (1971). Sequence schedules of reinforcement. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 15 (1), 41-48. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (1984). Conceptual approaches and issues. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3), 353-362. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (1992). Behavior dynamics : One perspective. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (3), 249-266. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2011). Has radical behaviorism lost its right to privacy ? The Behavior Analysis, 34 (2), 213-219. [PDF]
MARR, M.J. (2012). Operant variability : Some random thoughts. The Behavior Analysis, 35 (2), 237-241. [PDF]
Marriage & Family Review : Revue scientifique multidisicplinaire qui consacre ses pages à la famille et au marriage. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
COSTA, P.T. & McCRAE, R.R. (1983). Contribution of personality research to an understanding of stress and aging. Marriage & Family Review, 6, 157-173.
Herbert W. Marsh James G. March
Richard L. Marsh  
Marsh Herbert W. ( ) : Psychologue australien, spécialisé en éducation et en évaluation des enseignements, notamment en mathématiques. Il s'intéresse également à l'exercice physique et à la mesure de la condition physique. Collaborateur de Jackson.
MARSH, H.W., FLEINER, H. & THOMAS, C.S. (1975). Validity and usefulness of student evaluations of instructional quality. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 833-839.
 MARSH, H.W. (1987). The big-fish-little-pond effect on academic self-concept. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 280-295. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. & REDMAYNE, R.S. (1994). A multidimensional physical self-concept and its relations to multiple components of physical fitness. Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 15, 43-55. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (1997). Making students’ evaluations of teaching effectiveness effective. American Psychologist, 52, 1187-1197. [PDF]
 MARSH, H.W. & ROCHE, L.A. (2000). Effects of grading leniency and low workload on students' evaluations of teaching : Popular myth, bias, validity, or innocent bystanders ? Journal of Educational Psychology, 92 (1), 202-228. [PDF]
ABRAMI, P.C. & d'APOLLONIA, S. (1991). Multidimensional students’ evaluations of teaching effectiveness - Generalizability of "N = 1" research : Comment on Marsh (1991). Journal of Educational Psychology, 30, 221-227.
Marsh Richard L. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain et spécialiste de l'interférence et de la mémoire prospective. Collaborateur de Bower
MARSH R.L. & BOWER, G.H. (1993). Eliciting cryptomnesia : Unconscious plagiarism in a puzzle task. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 19 (3), 673-688. [PDF]
MARSH R.L. & HICKS, J.L. (1998). Event-based prospective memory and executive control of working memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 24 (2), 336-349. [PDF]
MARSH R.L. LANDAU, J.D., HICKS, J.L. & BINK, M.L. (1998). On reducing retroactive interference. American Journal of Psychology, 111, 175-190. [PDF]
MARSH R.L., HICKS J.L. & COOK, G.I. (2006). Task interference from prospective memories covaries with contextual associations of fulfilling them. Memory & Cognition, 34 (5), 1037-1045. [PDF]
MARSH R.L., BREWER, G.A., JAMESON, J.P., COOK, G.I., AMIR, N. & HICKS, J.L. (2009). Threat related processing boosts prospective memory retrieval for people with obsessive tendencies. Memory, 17, 679-686. [PDF]
Alfred Marshall Henry Rutgers Marshall Willians L. Marshall
  Randall D. Marshall  
Marshall Alfred (Londres 1842-1924 Cambridge) : Économiste anglais. Professeur de Keynes et Pigou.
MARSHALL, A. (1879). The pure theory of foreign trade : The pure theory of domestic values.
MARSHALL, A. (1890). Principles of Economics/Principes d'économie politique.
MARSHALL, A. (1919). Industry and trade.
DIAMOND, A.M. (2001). Marshall Alfred, 1842-1924. English economist. In A. Hessenbruch (Ed.), Reader’s guide to the history of science (pp. 437-438). London : Fitzroy Dearborn Publishers. [PDF]
Marshall Henry Rutgers (New York 1852-1927 New York) : Psychologue et architecte américain. Président de l'APA en 1907.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1894). Pain, pleasure, and esthetics.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1898). Instinct and reason.
MARSHALL, H.R. (1909). Consciousness.
Marshall Randall D. ( ) : Médecin américain et spécialiste de l'étude du stress, notamment du trouble du stress post-traumatique. Il s'intéresses plus particulièrement aux conséquences psychologiques du onze septemmbre 2001. Collaborateur de Bryant, Cloitre, Foa et Neria.
MARSHALL, R.D. & CLOITRE, M. (2000). Maximizing treatment outcome in post-traumatic stress disorder by combining psychotherapy with pharmacotherapy. Current Psychiatry Reports, 2, 335-340.
MARSHALL, R.D., OLFSON, M., HELLMAN, F., BLANCO, C., GUARDINO, M. & STRUENING, E.L. (2001). Comorbidity, impairment, and suicidality in subthreshold PTSD. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1467-1473.
MARSHALL, R.D. & SUH, E.J. (2003). Contextualizing trauma : Using evidence-based treatments in a multicultural community after 9/11. Psychiatric Quarterly, 74, 401-420.
MARSHALL, R.D., POSNER, K, GRRENHILL, L. Risk perception research and the black box warning for SSRIs in children. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 45, 765.
MARSHALL, R.D., BRYANT, R.A., AMSEL, L., SUH, E.J., COOK, J.M. & NERIA, Y. (2007). The psychology of ongoing threat: relative risk appraisal, the September 11 attacks, and terrorism-related fears. American Psychologist, 62 (4), 304-316. [PDF]
Marshall Williams L. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste et spécialiste de l'agression sexuelle. On lui doit la mise au point de la saturation, une technique de modification du comportement pour traiter les déviances sexuelles. Collaborateur de Barbaree et Earls.
MARSHALL, W.L. (1973). The modification of sexual fantasies : A combined treatment approach to the reduction of deviant sexual behavior. Behaviour Therapy, 11, 557-564.
MARSHALL, W.L. & LIPPENS, K. (1977). The clinical value of boredom : A procedure for reducing inappropriate sexual interests. Journal of Nervous & Mental Diseases, 165, 283-287.
MARSHALL, W.L. (1979). Satiation therapy : A procedure for reducing deviant sexual arousal. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (3), 10-22. [PDF]
MARSHALL, W.L. & ECCLES, A. (1991). Issues in clinical practice with sex offenders. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 6, 68-93.
MARSHALL, W.L. & FERNANDEZ, Y.M. (2000). Phallometric testing with sexual offenders : Limits to its value. Clinical Psychology Review, 20, 807-822.
Marsonet Michele (Carderzone 1950-) : Philosophe italien et spécialiste de la philopsophie des sciences et de l'épistémologie.
MARSONET, M. (2013). Pragmatism and science. Academicus International Science Journal, 8, 101-109. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2016). Science and different images of the world. Academicus International Science Journal, 14, 14-27. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2017). Pragmatism and evolutionary epistemology. Academicus International Science Journal, 16, 105-112. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2018). Post-empiricism and philosophy of science. Academicus International Science Journal, 18, 26-33. [PDF]
MARSONET, M. (2019). Philosophy and logical positivism. Academicus International Scientific Journal, 19, 32-36. [PDF]
Marston William Moulton (Saugus 1893-1947 New York) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des émotions. En inventant le test de pression sanguine systolique, il a contribué à la mise au pointd u détecteur de mensonge. Il est aussi l'inventeur du personnage de bande-dessinée (comics) Wonder Women. = William Moulton.
MARSTON, W.M. (1917). Systolic blood pressure symptoms of deception. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 2 (2), 117-163.
MARSTON, W.M. (1920). Reaction time symptoms of deception. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 72- 87.
MARSTON, W.M. (1921). Psychological possibilities in the deception tests. Journal of Criminal Law & Criminology, 11, 551-570.
MARSTON, W.M. (1924). A theory of emotions and affection based upon systolic blood pressure studies. American Journal of Psychology, 35, 469-506.
MARSTON, W.M., KING, D. & MARSTON-HOOLOWAY, E (1931). Integrative psychology : A study of unit respones. London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Trübner & Co.
Martell Christopher R. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression, notamment chez les homosexuels, et pionnier de la thérapie de l'activation comportementale. Collaborateur de Addis, Hollon, Jacobson et Lewinsohn.
MARTELL, C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions. The Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195.
MARTELL, C.R., ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
MARTELL, C.R. (2003). Behavioral activation therapy for depression. In W. O’Donohue, J. Fisher & S. Hayes, S. (Eds.), Cognitive behavior therapy : Applying empirically supported techniques in your practice (pp. 28-32). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
MARTELL, C.R. & PPRINCE, S.E. (2005). Treating infidelity in same sex couples. Journal of Clinical Psychology/In Session, 61 (11), 1429-1438.
MARTELL, C.R. (2008). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual women and men. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and treatment (pp. 373-393.) New York : Gulford.
Brian K. Martens Andrew J. Martin Nadine Martin
Matthew P. Martens Brian Martin Pierre Martin
Carol Lynn Martin Richard R.. Martin
    Rod A. Martin
Martens Brian K. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de l'éducation.
MARTENS, B.K., LOCHNER, D.G. & KELLY, S.Q. (1992). The effects of variable-interval reinforcement on academic engagement : a demonstration of matching theory. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (1), 143-151. [PDF]
MARTENS, B.K., GERTZ, L.E., WERDER, C.S. & RYMANOWSKI, J.L. (2010). Agreement between descriptive and experimental analyses of behavior under naturalistic test conditions. Journal of Behavioral Education, 19, 205-221.
MARTENS, B.K., WERDER, C.S., HIER, B.O. & KOENIG, E.A. (2013). Fluency training in phoneme blending : A preliminary study of generalized effects. Journal of Behavioral Education, 22, 16-36.
MARTENS, B.K., GERTZ, L.E., WERDER, C.S., RYMANOWSKI, J.L. & SHANKAR, K.H. (2014). Measures of association in contingency space analysis. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 59, 114-119.
MARTENS, B.K., LAMBERT, T.L. SULLIVAN, W.E., MAGNUSON, J.D., MORLEY, A.J., SALADA, S.J. & BAXTER, E.L. (2016). Choice in transition : Replication and extension to preschool children in a naturalistic setting. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 105 (2), 307-321.
Martens Matthew P. ( ) : Psychologue américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la carrière, des athlètes et du sport. Collaborateur de Cox.
MARTENS, M.P. & LEE, F. (1998). Promoting life-career development in the student athlete : How can career centers help ? Journal of Career Development, 25, 123-134.
MARTENS, M.P. & COX, R.H. (2000). Career development in college varsity athletes. Journal of College Student Development, 41, 172-180.
MARTENS, M.P., ROCHA, T.L., MARTIN, J.L. & SERRAO, H.F. (2008). Drinking motives and college students : Further examination of a four-factor model. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 55, 289-295.
MARTENS, M.P., HATCHETT, E.S., MARTIN, J.L., FOWLER, R.M., LEMING, K.M., KARASHIAN, M.A. & CIMINI, M.D. (2010). Does trait urgency moderate the relationship between parental alcoholism and alcohol use ? Addiction Research & Theory, 18, 479-488.
MARTENS, M.P., SMITH, A.E. & MURPHY, J.G. (2013). The efficacy of single-component brief motivational interventions among at-risk college drinkers. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 81, 691-701
Brian K. Martens Andrew J. Martin Pierre Martin
Matthew P. Martens Brian Martin Richard R. Martin
  Carol Lynn Martin Robin Martin
Nadine Martin Rod A. Martin
Martin Andrew J. ( ) : Psychologue australien et spécialiste de l'éducation, notamment de la motivation scolaire. Il s'intéresse aussi au handicap social. Collaborateur de Marsh.
MARTIN, A.J. (2001). The Student Motivation Scale : A tool for measuring and enhancing motivation. Australian Journal of Guidance & Counselling, 11, 1–20.
MARTIN, A.J. (2007). Examining a multidimensional model of student motivation and engagement using a construct validation approach. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 413-440,
MARTIN, A.J. (2009). Motivation and engagement across the academic life span : A developmental construct validity study of elementary school, high school, and university/college students. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 69, 794-824.
MARTIN, A.J., ANDERSON, J., BOBIS, J., WAY, J. & VELLAR, R. (2012). Switching on and switching off in mathematics : An ecological study of future intent and disengagement among middle school students. Journal of Educational Psychology, 104, 1-18.
MARTIN, A.J., PAPWORTH, B., GINNS, P. & LIEM, G.A.D. (2014). Boarding school, academic motivation and engagement, and psychological well-being. American Educational Research Journal, 51, 1007-1049.
Martin Brian ( ) : Physicien et spécialiste australien de l'étude du pouvoir, de la corruption et de la dénonciation, notamment en science.
MARTIN, B. (1986). Bias in awarding research grants. British Medical Journal, 293, 550-552.
MARTIN, B. (1991). Scientific knowledge in controversy : The social dynamics of the fluoridation debate. Albany : State University of New York Press.
MARTIN, B. (1998). Strategies for dissenting scientists. Journal of Scientific Exploration, 12 (4), 605-616. [PDF]
MARTIN, B. (1998). Information liberation : Challenging the corruptions of information. London : Freedom Press. [PDF]
MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4, 221-238.
Martin Carol Lynn ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'identité et du genre.
MARTIN, C.L. (1993). New directions for investigating children's gender knowledge. Developmental Review, 13, 184-204.
MARTIN, C.L., EISENBUD, L. & ROSE, H. (1995). Children's gender-based reasoning about toys. Child Development, 66, 1453-1471. [PDF]
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (1997). Sex-construals and sex differences : A developmental perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 122, 45-51.
MARTIN, C.L., RUBLE, D.N. & SZKRYBALO, J. (2002). Cognitive theories of early gender development. Psychological Bulletin, 128 (6), 903-933. [PDF]
MARTIN, C.L. & RUBLE, D.N. (2003). Children’s search for gender cues : Cognitive perspectives on gender development. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13, 67-70. [PDF]
Martin Nadine ( ) : Psychologue et neurocognitiviste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la dyphasie. Collaboratrice de Saffran et Schwartz.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (1992). A computational account of deep dysphasia : Evidence from a single case study. Brain & Language, 43, 240-274.
MARTIN, N., DELL, G.S., SAFFRAN, E.M. & SCHWARTZ, M F. (1994). Origins of paraphasias in deep dysphasia : Testing the consequences of a decay impairment to an interactive spreading activation model of language. Brain & Language, 47, 609-660.
MARTIN, N. (1996). Models of deep dysphasia. Neurocase, 2 (1), 73-80.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. & DELL, G.S. (1996). Recovery in deep dysphasia : Evidence for a relation between auditory-verbal STM capacity and lexical errors in repetition. Brain & Language, 52, 83-113.
MARTIN, N. & SAFFRAN, E.M. (1997). Language and auditory-verbal short-term memory impairments : Evidence for common underlying processes. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 14, 641-682.
Martin Pierre ( ) : Politologue québécois et spécialiste de la politique américaine. Il enseigne à l'Université de Montréal. Il s'intéresse également au comportement de vote et aux élections. Collaborateur de Blais et Nadeau.
MARTIN, P. (1993). La nouvelle dynamique de la politique commerciale aux États-Unis et l'Accord de libre-échange nord-américain. Études internationales, 24, 767-785.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Industrial structure, coalition politics, and economic policy : The rise and decline of the French popular font. Comparative Politics, 24, 45-75.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Association after sovereignty ? Canadian views on economic association with a sovereign Quebec. Canadian Public Policy/Analyse de Politiques, 21, 53-71.
MARTIN, P. (1995). Représentation des intéréts et législation commerciale au Sénat des États-Unis. Revue Canadienne de Science Politique, 28, 277-292.
MARTIN, P. (2012). U.S. elections and the Canadian economy : Is a Republican in the White House really what's best for the Canadian economy ? International Journal, 67, 685-695.
Martin Richard R. ( ) : Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du bégaiement. Collaborateur de Siegel.
MARTIN, R.R. & SIEGEL, G.M. (1966). The effects of simultaneously punishing stuttering and rewarding fluency. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 9, 466-475.
MARTIN, R.R., ST-LOUIS, K.O., HAROLDSON, S. & HASBROUCK, J. (1975). Punishment and negative reinforcement of stuttering using electric shock. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research 18 (3), 478-490.
MARTIN, R.R. & HAROLDSON, S.K. (1979). Effects of five experimental treatments on stuttering. Journalof Speech & Hearing Research, 22, 132-146.
MARTIN, R.R. & HAROLDSON, S.K. (1981). Stuttering identification : standard definition and moment of stuttering. Journalof Speech & Hearing Research, 24, 59-63.
MARTIN, R.R. & LINDAMOOD, L. (1986). Stuttering and spontaneous recovery : implications for the speech & language pathologist. Language Speech & Hearing Services in the Schools, 17, 207-218.
INGHAM, R. & SIEGEL, G.M. (2002). Richard R. Martin — an appreciation of his career. Journal of Fluency Disorders, 27 (1), 87-91.
Martin Robin ( ) : Psychosociologue anglais et spécialiste de l'étude de l'influence l'éude de l'influence des groupes majoritaire/minoritaire. Collaborateur de Hewstone et Maio.
MARTIN, R., GARDIKIOTIS, A. & HEWSTONE, M. (2002). Levels of consensus and majority and minority influence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 32, 645-665.
MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Majority versus minority influence : When, not whether, source status instigates heuristic or systematic processing. European Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 313-330.
MARTIN, R. & HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2003). Resistance to persuasive messages as a function of majority and minority source status. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 585-593.
MARTIN, R., HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2007). Systematic and heuristic processing of majority- and minority-endorsed messages : The effects of varying outcome relevance and levels of orientation on attitude and message processing. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 33 (1), 43-56. [PDF]
MARTIN, R., THOMAS, G. & HEWSTONE, M. (2018). When leaders are in the numerical majority or minority : Differential effects on problem-solving. Journal of Social Issues, 74 (1), 93-111.
Martin Rod A. ( ) : Psychologue clinicien américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'humour et du stress. Étudiant de Lefcourt. Collaborateur de Kuiper, Petrides, Schermer et Vernon.
MARTIN, R.A. & LEFCOURT, H.M. (1983). Sense of humor as a moderator of the relation between stressors and moods. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 1313- 1324.
MARTIN, R.A. (1988). Humor and the mastery of living : Using humor to cope with the daily stresses of growing up. Journal of Children in Contemporary Society, 20, 135-154.
MARTIN, R.A. (1996). Humour as therapeutic play : Stress-moderating effects of humor. Journal of Leisurability, 23, 8-15.
MARTIN, R.A. & KUIPER, N.A. (1999). Daily occurrence of laughter: Relationships with age, gender, and Type A personality. Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 12, 355-384.
MARTIN, R.A., PUHLIK-DORIS, P., LARSEN, G., GRAY, J. & WEIR, K. (2003). Individual differences in uses of humor and their relation to psychological well-being : development of the Humor Styles Questionnaire. Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 48-75.
Martyr : Celui ou celle qui souffre pour une cause qui le dépasse, parfois jusqu'à la mort. Martyr.
RAPOPORT, A. (1967). Exploiter, leader, hero, and martyr : the four archetypes of the 2 X 2 game. Behavioral Science, 12, 81-84.
Karl Marx Melvin Herman Marx
Marx Karl (Trèves 1813-1883 Londres) : Philosophe et économiste allemand. Co-fondateur avec Engels du socialisme scientifique (ou marxisme). Collaborateur d'Engels.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1844). La sainte famille.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1845). L'idéologie allemande.
MARX, K. et ENGELS, F. (1847/1962). Le manifeste du Parti communiste. Paris : Plon.
MARX, K. (1867/965). Le capital. La Pléiade.
MARX, K. (1977). Contribution à la critique de l’économie politique. Paris : Éd. Soc.
CALVEZ, J.Y. (1965/(2006). La pensée de Karl Marx. Paris : Seuil.
ALTHUSSER, L. (1965/69). Pour Marx. Paris : La Découverte. /For Marx. London : Verso.
ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1), 57-70. [PDF]
CLARKE, S. (1991). Marx, marginalism and modern Sociology, London : Macmillan. [PDF]
BALIBAR, E. (1993). La philosophie de Marx. Paris : La Découverte.
DURAND, J.-P. (1995). La sociologie de Marx. Paris : La Découverte.
Marx Melvin Herman (1919-2005) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Hillix.

 MARX, M.H. (1951). Intervening variable or hypothetical construct ? Psychological Review, 58, 235-247.
 MARX, M.H. & BROWNSTEIN, A.J. (1963). Effects of incentive magnitude on running speeds without competing responses in acquisition and extinction. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 65, 182-189.
 MARX, M.H. (1967). Interaction of drive and reward as a determiner of resistance to extinction. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 64 (3), 488-489.
 MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill.
 MARX, M.H. & BUNCH, M.E. (1977). Fundamentals and applications of learning. Macmillan/McGraw-Hill.
 HILLIX, W.A. & GOODSON, F. (2005). Melvin H. Marx (1919-2005) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60 (7), 730.
Marxisme : Théorie socio-économique élaborée par Marx pour décrire les tensions et les transformations d'une société qui oppose le prolétariat à la grande bourgeoisie. Marxisme et marxisme-léninisme. Althusser, Bonefeld, Clarke, Engels, Goldmann, Gramsci, Hirsch, Holloway, Lafargue, Lefebvre, Lipietz, Marx, Poulantzas. Marxism.
Types de marxisme
Marxisme-Léninisme Marxisme révisionniste Néo-marxisme
NAVILLE, P. (1946). Psychologie, marxisme, matérialisme. Paris : Librairie. Marcel Rivière. ULMAN, J.A. (1986). A behavioral-marxist reply to Schwartz and Lacey. Behaviorism, 14 (1), 45-50. [PDF]
MEYER, A.G. (1954). Marxism : The unity of theory and practice. - A critical essay. Cambridge : Harvard University Press BRAUN, C.M.J. (1986).The foundations of psychology : Marxist approaches to psychology. Science & Nature, 8, 66-78.
NIEBUHR, R. (1960). Liberals and the Marxist heresy. In G. B. de Huszar (Ed.), The intellectuals : A controversial portrait. (pp. 302-307). Glencoe, IL : Free Press.  KOLAKOWSKI, L. (1987). Histoire du marxisme. Paris : Fayard.
FROMM, E. (1961). La conception de l'homme chez Marx. Paris : Payot.  ULMAN, J.D. (1991). Toward a synthesis of Marx and Skinner. Behavior & Social Issues, 1 (1), 57-70.
MILLS, C.W. (1962). The marxists. New York : Penguin Books.  
 PIETTRE, A. (1966). Marx et marxisme. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. POULAIN, R. (1997). Les fondements du marxisme. Hull : Vents d'Ouest.
GOLDMANN, L. (1970). Marxisme et sciences humaines. Paris : Gallimard.  
 KERBO, H. (1976). Marxist and functionalist theories in the study of stratification : A comment. Social Forces, 55, 191-192.  
CLARKE, S. (1977). Marxism, sociology and Poulantzas's theory of the state. Capital & Class, 2, 1-31. [PDF] CLARKE, S. (1999). Was Lenin a marxist ? The populist roots of Marxism-Leninism. Historical Materialism, 3, 3-27. [PDF]
 BLOCK, F. (1977). The ruling class does not rule : Notes on the marxist theory of the state. Socialist Revolution, 7 (3), 6-28.  
 RILEY, D. (1978). Developmental psychology, biology and marxism. Ideology & Consciousness, 4, 73-92. RUBEL, M. (2000). Marx critique du marxisme. Paris : Peyot.
WRIGHT, E.O. & PERONE, L. (1978). Marxist class categories and income Inequality. American Sociological Review, 42 (1), 32-55. [PDF]  
HOLLOWAY, J. & PICCIOTTO, S. (Eds.) (1978). State and capital : A Marxist debate. London : Edward Arnold. SINGER, P. (2000). Marx: A very short introduction. Oxford : Oxford University Press.
 SÉVE, L. (1978). Man in Marxist theory and the psychology of the personality. Hassocks, Sussex : Harvester Press. STORPER, M. (2001). The poverty of radical theory today : from the false promises of Marxism to the mirage of the cultural turn. International Journal of Urban & Regional Research, 25 (1), 155-179. [PDF]
 COHEN, G.A. (1978). Karl Marx's Theory of history : A defence. Oxford : Princeton University Press.  
HARTMAN, H. (1979). The unhappy marriage of marxism and feminism : towards a more progressive union. Capital & Class, 8, 1-33. [PDF]  
WRIGHT, E.O. (1980). Varieties of marxist conceptions of class structure. Politics & Society, 9 (3), 323-370. [PDF]
LIPIETZ, A. (1980). Conflits de répartition et changement technique dans la théorie marxiste. Économie Appliquée, 2, 511-537. [PDF]
GAVIGAN, S.A.M. (1981). Marxist theories of law : A survey, with some thoughts on women and law. Canadian Criminology Forum 4 (1), 1-12. [PDF] CRAMER, C. (2002). Capitalism, violence, and war. In A. Saad-Filho (Ed.), Anti-capitalism : a Marxist introduction. London : Pluto Press.
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : an agenda for theory. Signs, 7, 515–544.  
MACKINNON, C. (1982). Feminism, marxism, method and the state : toward feminist jurisprudence. Signs, 8 (4), 635–658.  
 GERAS, N. (1983). Marx and human nature : Refutation of a Legend. London : Verso Editions.  
GATENS, M. (1983). A critique of the sex/gender distinction. In J. Allen & P. Patton (Eds.), Beyond marxism ? Intervention after Marx (pp. 142-161). Sydney : Ingtervention Publications. FLEETWOOD, S. (2012). Laws and tendencies in marxist political economy. Capital & Class, 36 (2), 235-262.
CALVEZ, J.Y. (1965/(2006). La pensée de Karl Marx. Paris : Seuil. Voir aussi Marx, Néo-marxisme et Marxisme-Léninisme
Marxisme (Néo...) : Neo-marxism.
 CUMMINGS, S. & TAEBEL, D. (1978). The economic socialization of children : A neo-marxist analysis. Social Problems, 26 (2), 198-210.
Voir aussi Marxisme
Marxisme-Léninisme : Marxism-Leninism.
 KONSTANTINOV, F.V. (1974). The fundamentals of marxist leninist philosophy. Moscow : Progress publishers.
CLARKE S. (1999). Was Lenin a marxist ? The populist roots of Marxism-Leninism. Historical Materialism, 3, 3-27. [PDF]
Voir aussi Marxisme
Marxisme révisionnisme : Marxist revisionism.
 FLETCHER, R. (1984). Revisionism and empire : Socialist imperialism in Germany, 1897-1914. London : HarperCollins Publishers.
Voir aussi Marxisme
Masculinisme : Mouvement de défense et de promotion des droits et de la condition des hommes. Masculinisme et antiféminisme. Masculinity, masculinity ideology.
   GUILLOT, P. (2004). La cause des hommes. France : Viamédias.
MORAWSKI, J.G. (2003). Men crazy: Making theories of masculinity. In N. Stephenson, L. Radtke, R. Jorna & H. Stam (Eds.), Theoretical psychology : Critical contributions (pp. 335-346). New York : Captus Press.
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (2004). Can we demystify theory ? Examining masculinity discourses and feminist postmodern theory. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 24 (1), 14-29.
BLAIS, M. & DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2008). Le mouvement masculiniste au Québec. Les Éditions du Remue-Ménage.
WADE, J.C. (2008). Masculinity ideology, male reference group identity dependence, and African American men’s health-related attitudes and behaviors. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9 (1), 5-16. [PDF]
DEVREUX, A.-M. (2004). Les masculinistes face à la réussite scolaire des filles et des garçons : À; propos de la réception des résultats d'une recherche par Pierrette Bouchard (Entrevue). Cahier du Genre, 36 (1), 21-44. [PDF]
Voir aussi Antiféminisme et Féminisme
Masculinité : Ensemble des caractéristiques physiques et psychologiques que l'on attribue généralement aux hommes. /feminité. Masculine traits.
Masculinisme Masculinité Masculinité hégémonique
CONSTANTINOPLE, A. (1973). Masculinity-femininity : an exception to a famous dictum ? Psychological Bulletin, 80 (5), 389-407.  
 LIPPA, R.A. (1978). The naive perception of masculinity-femininity on the basis of expressive cues. Journal of Research in Personality, 12, 1-14. IMMS, W.D. (2000). Multiple masculinities and the schooling of boys. Canadian Journal of Education, 25 (2), 152-165. [PDF]
HALL, J.A. & HABERSTADT, A.G. (1980). Masculinity and femininity in children : Development of the Children's Personal Attributes Questionnaire. Developmental Psychology, 16, 270-280.  
 LIPPA, R.A. & BEAUVAIS, C. (1983). Gender jeopardy : The effects of gender, assessed femininity and masculinity, and false success/failure feedback on performance in an experimental quiz game. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44, 344-353. LITTLE, A.C. & HANCOCK, P.J. (2002). The role of masculinity and distinctiveness on the perception of attractiveness in human male faces. British Journal of Psychology 93, 451-464.
SPENCE, J.T. (1984). Gender identity and its implications for masculinity and femininity. In T.B. Sonderegger (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motiuation : Psychology and Gender (pp. 59-95). Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press. WELLARD, I. (2002). Men, sport, body performance and the maintenance of "exclusive masculinity". Leisure Studies, 21, 235-248. [PDF]
CARRIGAN, T., CONNELL, B. & LEE, J. (1985). Toward a new sociology of masculinity. Theory & Society, 14, 551-604. [PDF] OLIVARDIA, R. (2001). Why now ? How male body image is closely tied to masculinity and changing gender roles. Society for the Psychological Study of Men & Masculinity Bulletin, 6 (4), 11-12.
DEAUX, K. (1987). Psychological constructions of masculinity and femininity. In J.M. Reinisch, L.A. Rosenblum, S.A. Sanders (Eds.), Masculinity/femininity : basic perspectives ( p. 289-303). New York : Oxford University Press. NOAR, S. & MOROKOFF, P. (2002). The relationship between masculinity ideology, condom attitudes, and condom use stage of change : A structural equation modeling approach. Journal of Men's Health, 1, 43-58.
CONNELL, R.W. (1989). Cool guys, swots and wimps : The interplay of masculinity and education. Oxford Review of Education, 15, 291-303. ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity, and the contexts of help seeking. American Psychologist, 58 (1), 5-14. [PDF]
FEJES, E.J. (1992). Masculinity as fact. In S. Craig (Ed.), Men, m asculinity, and the media. Newbury Park, CA : Sage. PASCOE, C.J. (2003). Multiple masculinities ? Teenage boys talk about jocks and gender. American Behavioural Scientist, 46 (10), 1423-1428.
THOMPSON, E., PLECK, J. & FERRERA, D. (1992). Men and masculinities : Scales for masculinity ideology and masculinity-related constructs. Sex Roles, 27, 573-607. ADDIS, M.E. (2004). Teaching an advanced undergraduate and graduate level seminar in the psychology of men and masculinity. Society for the Psychological Study of Men & Masculinity Bulletin, 10 (1), 47-53.
CONNELL, R.W. (1992). A very straight gay : masculinity, homosexual experience and the dynamics of gender. American Sociological Review, 57 (6), 735-751. [PDF] CONNELL, R.W. & MESSERSCHMIDT, J.W. (2005). Hegemonic masculinity : Rethinking the concept. Gender & Society, 19 (6), 829-859. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. (1993). Big picture : Masculinities in a recent world history. Theory & Society, 22 (S5), 597-623. [PDF] ADDIS, M.E. & COHANE, G.H. (2005). Social scientific paradigms of masculinity and their implications for research and practice in men's mental health. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61, 1-15. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. (1995). Masculinities : Knowledge, power and social change. Berkeley : University of California Press. ANDERSON, E. (2005). In the game : Gay athletes and the cult of masculinity. New York, NY : State University of New York Press.
BRITTON, D.M. & WILLIAMS, C.L. (1995). Don’t ask, don’t tell, don’t pursue : Military policy and the construction of heterosexual masculinity. Journal of Homosexuality, 30 (1), 1-21.  PRINGLE, R. & MARKULA, P. (2005). No pain is sane after all : A Foucauldian analysis of masculinities and men's experiences in rugby. Sociology of Sport Journal, 22 (4), 472-497.
CONNELL, R.W. (1997). Gender politics for men. The International Journal of Sociology & Social Policy, 17 (1), 62-77. [PDF]  MARTIN, B.E. & HARRIS, F.I. (2006). Examining productive conceptions of masculinities : Lessons learned from academically driven African American male student-athletes. The Journal of Men's Studies, 14, 359-378.
TWENGE, J.M. (1997). Changes in masculine and feminine traits over time : A meta-analysis. Sex Roles, 36, 305-325. WHORLEY, M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2006). Ten years of research on the psychology of men and masculinity in the United States : Methodological trends and critique. Sex Roles, 55, 649-658. [PDF]
 TOKAR, D.M. & JOME, L.M. (1998). Masculinity, vocational interests, and career choice traditionality : Evidence for a fully mediated model. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 45(4), 424-435.  SING, K. & AGRAWAL, P. (2007). Masculinity and femininity among working women in Indian urban culture. Journal of Human Ecology, 21 (2), 135-138. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. (1998). Masculinities and globalization. Men & Masculinities, 1 (1), 21-23.  KILMARTIN, C.T. (2007). The masculine self. Cornwall-on-Hudson, New York : Sloan Publishing
 McGUFFEY, C.S. & RICH, B.L. (1999). Playing in the gender transgression zone : Race, class, and hegemonic masculinity in middle childhood. Gender & Society, 13 (5), 608-627. ANDERSON, E. (2008). "Being masculine is not about who you sleep with... :" Hetero-sexual athletes contesting masculinity and the one-time rule of homosexuality. Sex Roles, 58 (2), 104-115. [PDF]
  PEPLAU, L.A. & HUPPIN, M. (2008). Masculinity, femininity and the development of sexual orientation in women. Journal of Gay & Lesbian Mental Health, 12 (1/2), 147-167. [PDF]
BOUCHARD, P., ST-AMANT, J.C. & GAGNON, C. (2000). Pratiques de masculinité à l'école québécoise. Revue Canadienne de L'Éducation 25 (2), 73-87. [PDF] LEAPER, C. & VAN, S. (2008). Masculinity ideology, covert sexism, and perceived gender typicality in relation to young men's academic motivation and choices in college. Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9, 139-153.
 LIPPA, R.A. (2001), On deconstructing and reconstructing masculinity-femininity. Journal of Research in Personality, 35, 168-207. WEDGWOOD, N. (2009). Connell's theory of masculinity - its origins and influences on the study of gender. Journal of Gender Studies, 18 (4), 329-339. [PDF]
  DUNCANSON, C. (2015). Hegemonic masculinity and the possibility of change in gender relations. Men & Masculinities, 18, 231-248.
Voir aussi Feminité et Homme
Masculinité hégémonique : Ensemble des valeurs et des pratiques qui justifient et confirment la dominance des hommes sur les femmes. = masculinité dominante. Hegemonic masculinity, toxic masculinity.
CONNELL, R.W. KESSLER, S.J., ASHENDEN, D. & DOWSETT, G. (1982). Ockers et disco-maniacs : a discussion of sex, gender and secondary schooling. Stanmore, New South Wales : Inner City Education Centre.
CONNELL, R.W. (1993). Big picture : Masculinities in a recent world history. Theory & Society, 22 (S5), 643-657. [PDF]
DONALDSON, M. (1993). What is hegemonic masculinity ? Theory & Society, 22 (5), 643-657. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. & MESSERSCHMIDT, J.W. (2005). Hegemonic masculinity : Rethinking the concept. Gender & Society, 19 (6), 829-859. [PDF]
KUPERS, T.A. (2005). Toxic masculinity as a barrier to mental health treatement im prison. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 61 (6), 713-772. [PDF]
CONNELL, R.W. & MESSERSCHMIDT, J.W. (2015). Faut-il repenser le concept de masculinité hégémonique ? Terrains et Travaux, 27 (2), 151-192.
DUNCANSON, C. (2015). Hegemonic masculinity and the possibility of change in gender relations. Men & Masculinities, 18, 231-248.
Voir aussi Antiféminisme et Masculinité
Maslach Christina (San Francisco 1946-) : Psychologue organisationnelle américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'épuisement professionnel. Collaboratrice de Jackson, Leiter, Schaufeli et Shuler.
MASLACH, C. (1976). Burn-out. Human Behavior, 5, 16-22.
MASLACH, C. & JACKSON, S. (1981). The measurement of experienced burn-out. Journal of Occupational Behaviour, 2, 99-113. [PDF]
MASLACH, C. & GOLDBERG, J. (1998). Prevention of burnout : new perspectives. Applied and Preventive Psychology, 7 (1), 63-74.
MASLACH, C., SCHAUFELI, W.B. & LEITER, M.P. (2001). Job burnout. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 397-422. [PDF]
MASLACH, C. & LEITER, M.P. (2016). Understanding the burnout experience : recent research and its implications for psychiatry. World Psychiatry, 15 (2), 103-111. [PDF]
Masling Joseph (Rochester 1923- 2021 Buffalo) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste de la vérification empirique des concepts et des théories psychanalytiques/psychodynamiques. Collaborateur de Bornstein.
MASLING, J. (1989). Empirical studies of psychoanalytic theories. Hillsdale, NJ : The Analytic Press.
MASLING, J. & BORNSTEIN, R.F. (Eds.) (1996). Psychoanalytic perspectives on developmental psychology. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (1998). Empirical perspectives on the psychoanalytic unconscious : Empirical studies of the therapeutic hour. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
MASLING, J. (1999). Empirical perspectives on object relations theory. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
BORNSTEIN, R.F. & MASLING, J. (Eds.) (2002). The Psychodynamics of gender and gender role. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
Maslow Abraham H. (New York 1908-1970 Menlo Park) : Psychologue américain et chef de file de la perspective humaniste américaine. Il a proposé une théorie des besoins (que l'on représente souvent sous forme de pyramide). Président de l'APA en 1968. Étudiant de Harlow.
MASLOW, A.H. (1943). A theory of human motivation. Psychological Review, 50, 370-396. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1950/73). Self-actualizing people : A study of psychological health. In R.J. Lowry (Ed.), Dominance, self-esteem, self-actualization : Germinal papers of A.H. Maslow (pp. 177-201). Monterey, CA : Brookes/Cole Publishing Company.
MASLOW, A.H. (1954/1970). Motivation and personality. New York : Harper & Row. [PDF]
MASLOW, A.H. (1962). Lessons from the peak- experiences. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 2 (1), 9-18.
MASLOW, A.H. (1968/72). Maslow, A.H. (1968). Toward a psychology of being. New York : D. Van Nostrand Company. /Vers une psychologie de l'être. Paris : Fayard.
STEAD, B. (1972). Berlo's communication process model as applied to the behavioral theories of Maslow, Herzberg, and McGregor. Academy of Management Journal, 15 (3), 389-394. KOHN, A. (1999). A look at Maslow’s "basic propositions". In H.J. Freiberg (Ed.), Perceiving, behaving, becoming : Lessons learned. Alexandria, VA: ASCD. [LIRE]
WAHBA, M.A. & BRIDWELL, L.G. (1976). Maslow reconsidered : a review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational Behaviour & Human Performance, 15, 212-240. [PDF] LOUART, P. (2002). Maslow, Herzberg et les théories du contenu motivationnel. Lille : Les Cahiers de la Recherche. [PDF]
ADLER, S. (1977). Maslow's Need Hierarchy and the Adjustment of Immigrants. The International Migration Review, 11, 444-451.  
HOFFMAN, E. (1988). The right to be human : A biography of Abraham Maslow. Los Angeles : Jeremy P. Tarcher. RENNIE, D. (2008). Two thoughts on Abraham Maslow. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 48 (4), 445-448.
SCHOTT, R.L. (1992). Abraham Maslow, humanistic psychology, and organization leadership : a Jungian perspective. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 32, 106-120. HOFFMAN, E. (2008). Abraham Maslow : a biographer's reflections. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 48 (4), 439-443.
WICKER, F.W., BROWN, G., WIEHE,J.A., HAGEN, A.S. & REED, J.L. (1993). On reconsidering Maslow : An examination of the deprivation/domination proposition. Journal of Research in Personality, 27, 118-133. UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover : Of Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory. Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF]
CALABRO, R.E. (1997). "First Things First": Maslow's Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15 (3), 193-213. NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational culture, human resource and employee's performance. International Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3), 39-45. [PDF]
HOFFMAN, E. (1999). The right to be human : A biography of Abraham Maslow. New York : McGraw-Hill. OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory. International Journal of Business & Social Science, 5 (7), 207-215. [PDF]
Maslow (Pyramide des besoins de...) : Représentation sous forme de pyramide de la théorie des besoins de Maslow. Selon cette théorie, les besoins sont satisfaits selon une hiérarchie qui va des besoins physiologiques (en premier) au besoin d'auto-actualisation (en dernier). ( ): besoins physiologiques, besoins de sécurité, besoins d'amour et d'appartenance à un groupe, besoin d'estime, besoins d'autoactualisation.
HALL, D. & NOUGAIM, K. (1968). An examination of Maslow’s hierarchy of needs in the organizational setting. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 3 (1), 12-35. CALABRO, L.E. (1997). "First things first" : Maslow's Hierarchy as a framework for REBT in promoting disability adjustment during rehabilitation. Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive-Behaviour Therapy, 15 (3), 193-213.
LAWLER, E.E. & SUTTLE, J.L. (1972). A causal correlational test of the need hierarchy concept. Organizational Behavior & Performance, 7 (2), 265-287. AJILA, C.O. (1997). Maslow's hierarchy of needs theory : applicability to the Nigerian industrial setting. IFE Psychology, 5, 162–174.
WAHBA, A. & BRIDGEWELL, L. (1976). Maslow reconsidered : A review of research on the need hierarchy theory. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 15, 212-240. [PDF] GAMBREL, P.A. & CIANCI, R. (2003). Maslow's hierarchy of needs : Does it apply in a collectivist culture. Journal of Applied Management & Entrepreneurship, 8 (2), 143-161. [PDF]
WANOUS, J.P. & ZWANY, A. (1977). A cross-sectional test of the need hierarchy. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 18, 78-97. KOLTKO-RIVERA, M.E. (2006). Rediscovering the later version of Maslow's hierarchy of needs : Self-transcendence and opportunities for theory, research, and unification. Review of General Psychology, 10 (4), 302-317. [PDF]
ADLER, S. (1977). Maslow's Need Hierarchy and the Adjustment of Immigrants. The International Migration Review, 11, 444-451. UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover: Of Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory. Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF]
MATHES, E. (1981). Maslow's hierarchy of needs as a guide for living. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 21, 69-72. KENRICK, D.T., GRISKEVICIUS, V., NEUBERG, S.L. & SCHALLER, M. (2010). Renovating the pyramid of needs : Contemporary extensions built upon ancient foundations. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (3), 292-314. [PDF]
LESTER, D., HVEZDA, J., SULLIVAN, S. & PLOURDE, R. (1983). Maslow's hierarchy of needs and psychological health. Journal of General Psychology, 109, 83-85. NYAMEH, J. (2013). Application of the Maslow's hierarchy of need theory; impacts and implications on organizational culture, human resource and employee's performance. International Journal of Business & Management Invention, 2 (3), 39-45. [PDF]
NEVIS, E.C. (1983). Using an American perspective in understanding another culture : Toward a hierarchy of needs for the People's Republic of China. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 19, 249-264. OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory. International Journal of Business & Social Science, 5 (7), 207-215. [PDF]
Voir aussi Métaphore, Besoin et Maslow
Masochisme : Jouissance, la plupart du temps sexuelle, que l'on obtient en s'infligeant une souffrance volontaire. Un écrivain autrichien du 19e siècle, Sacher-Masoch, a décrit le plaisir particulier que procure cette souffrance. Masochisme et sadisme. Masochism.
STEKEL, W. (1929). Sadism and masochism : the psychology of hatred and cruelty. New York (NY) : Liveright Publishing Corporation. CAPLAN, P.J. (1984). The myth of women's masochism. American Psychologist, 39 (2), 130-139.
HORNEY, K. (1935). The problem of feminine masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 22, 241-257. WEINBERG, M.S., WILLIAMS, C.J. & MOSER, C.A. (1984). The social constituents of sadomasochism. Social Problems, 31 (4), 379-389.
LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1938). L'origine du masochisme et la théorie des pulsions. Revue Française de Psychoanalyse, 10, 293-321 GLENN, J. (1984). A note on loss, pain, and masochism in children Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 32, 63-73.
DOOLEY, L. (1941). The relation of humor to masochism. Psychoanalytic Review, 28, 37-46 MALESON, F.G. (1984). The multiple meanings of masochism in psychoanalytic discourse. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 32, 325-356
REIK, T. (1941). Masochism and modern man. New York : Toronto, Farrar & Rinehart. NOVICK, K.K. & NOVICK, J. (1987). The essence of masochism. The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 42, 353-384.
BRENMAN, M. (1952). On teasing and being teased: and the problem of "moral masochism.The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 7, 264-285 SILVERMAN, K. (1988). Masochism and male subjectivity. Camera Obscura 17, 30–67.
LOEWENSTEIN, R. (1957). A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 5, 197-234. GROSSMAN, W.I. (1991). Pain, aggression, fantasy, and concepts of sadomasochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 60, 22-51. [PDF]
ZILLMANN, D., BRYANT, J. & CARVETH, R.A. (1981). The effect of erotica featuring sadomasochism and bestiality on motivated intermale aggression. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 153-159. KERNBERG, O.F. (1991). Sadomasochism, sexual excitement, and perversion. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 39, 333-362.
QUINSEY, V.L., CHAPLIN, T.C. & UPFOLD, D. (1984). Sexual arousal to nonsexual violence and sadomasochistic themes among rapists and non-sex offenders. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 651-657. MOSER, C.A. & KLEINPLATZ, P.J. (2006). Sadomasochism : Powerful pleasures. Routledge.
  KRUEGER, R.B. (2010). The DSM diagnostic criteria for sexual masochism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 39, 346-356. [PDF]
Voir aussi Sadisme
Masquage : En conditionnement répondant, lorsque deux stimuli neutres A et B sont associés simultanément (stimulus composite) avec un stimulus inconditionnelle, l'un des deux stimulis neutres, devenus conditionnées, a souvent un effet moindre sur la réponse conditionnelle. Si A est plus efficace, on dira alors qu'il masque l'effet de B. EX: Vous associez un bruit de cloche (A) et une lumière rouge (B) à une décharge électrique (SI), et vous constatez, après le conditionnement, que la cloche provoque davantage de réponse de peur (RC) que la lumière rouge; la cloche masque donc l'effet de la lumière. Masquage et effet de masquage. Overshadowing.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1971). An analysis of overshadowing and blocking. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23, 118-125. BOUTON, M.E., JONES, D.L., McPHILLIPS, S.A. & SWARTZENTRUBER, D. (1986). Potentiation and overshadowing in odor-aversion learning : Role of method of odor presentation, the distal-proximal cue distinction, and the conditionability of odor. Learning & Motivation, 17, 115-138.
MILES, C.G. & JENKINS, H.M. (1973). Overshadowing in operant conditioning as a function of discriminability. Learning & Motivation, 4 (1), 11-27. NAVARRO, J.I., HALLAM, S.C., MATZEL, L.D. & MILLER, R.R. (1989). Superconditioning and overshadowing.Learning & Motivation, 20, 130-152.
  SPETCH, M.L. (1995). Overshadowing in landmark learning : Touch-screen studies with pigeons and humans. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 21, 166-181.
TENNANT, W.A. & BITTERMAN, M.E. (1975). Blocking and overshadowing in two species of fish. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 22-29. COLE, R.P., OBBERLING, P. & MILLER, R.R. (1999). Recovery from one-trial overshadowing. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 6, 424-431.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1976). Overshadowing and stimulus intensity. Animal Learning & Behaviour, 4, 186-192. BLAISDELL, A.P., DENNISTON, J.C. & MILLER, R.R. (1999). Posttraining shifts in the overshadowing stimulus-US interval alleviates the overshadowing deficit. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 25, 18-27.
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & REESE, B. (1979). One-trial overshadowing. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 31, 519-526. SANCHEZ-MORENO, J., RODRIGO, T., CHAMIZO, V.D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1999). Overshadowing in the spatial domain. Animal Learning & Behaviour, 27, 391-398.
GARRUD, P., GOODALL, G. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1981). Overshadowing of a stimulus-reinforcer association by an instrumental response. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 33B, 123-135. OBERLING, P., BRISTOL, A., MATUTE, H. & MILLER, R.R. (2000). Biological significance attenuates overshadowing, relative validity, and degraded contingency effects. Animal Learning & Behavior, 28, 172-186.
SCHMAJUK, N.A., SPEAR, N.E. & ISSACSON, R.L. (1983). Absence of overshadowing in rats with hippocampal lesions. Physiological Psychology, 11, 59-62. DE HOUWER, J. & BECKERS, T. (2002). Second-order backward blocking and unovershadowing in human causal learning. Experimental Psychology, 49 (1), 27-33. [PDF]
  HAYWARD, A., MCGREGOR, A., GOOD, M. A. & PEARCE, J.M. (2003). Absence of overshadowing and blocking between landmarks and the geometric cues provided by the shape of a test arena. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology : Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56(B), 114-126.
CHAMIZO, V.D. BLACKMAN, D.E. & THOMAS, G.V. (1985). Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology: Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 37 (B), 235–253. PEARCE, J.M., GRAHAM, M., GOOD, M.A., JONES, P.M. & McGREGOR, A. (2006). Potentiation, overshadowing, and blocking of spatial learning based on the shape of the environment. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 32, 201-214.
CHAMIZO, V.D., STERIO, D. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1985). Blocking and overshadowing between intra-maze and extra-maze cues : A test of the independence of locale and guidance learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 37B, 235-253. McGREGOR, A., HORNE, M., ESBER, G.O. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). Absence of overshadowing between a landmark and geometric cues in a distinctively shaped environment : A test of Miller and Shettleworth (2007). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 35, 357-371.
MATZEL, L.D., SCHACHTMAN, T.R. & MILLER, R.R. (1985). Recovery of an overshadowed association achieved by extinction of the overshadowing stimulus. Learning & Motivation, 16 (4), 398-412. CHAMIZO, V.D., RODRIGUEZ, C.A., ESPINET, A. & MACKINTOSH, N.J. (2012). Generalization decrement and not overshadowing by associative competition among pairs of landmarks in a navigation task. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 38 (3), 255-265.
Voir aussi Conditionnement répondant
Massage : Massage therapy.
FIELD, T.M. (1998). Massage therapy effects. American Psychologist, 53 (12), 1270-1281. [PDF]
Masse critique : Expression empruntée à la physique nucéaire qui sert à désigner le fait que pour qu'un changement puisse se produire - habituellement une modification du comportement ou un chagement collectif - il faut réunir plusieurs conditions ou faire en sorte qu'un facteur X devienne déterminant. Le mot masse est ici utilisé par analogie pour exprimer l'idée qu'un facteur X doit être assez "lourd" ou  "nombreux" pour faire "basculer" le facteur Y que l'on cherche à expliquer. Masse critique, facteur déterminant et action collective.= seuil d'action, point critique, goutte qui fait déborder le vase. Critical mass.
MARWELL, G. & OLIVER, P. (1993). The critical mass in collective action. Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical mass and the dependency of research quality on 500 group size. Scientometrics, 86 (2) 527-540.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical masses of research groups in the mathematical N sciences. Mathematics Today, 47, 114-116.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2011). Critical mass of education research groups. Research Intelligence 114, 14.
KENNA, R. & BERCHE, B. (2012). Masse critique d'une groupe de recherche. Reflets de la Physique, 27, 21-23. [PDF]
Voir aussi Facteur déterminant, Pression sociale, Taille des groupes et Action collective
Massicotte Louis ( ) : Politologue québécois et professeur de sciences politiqes à l'Université Laval, spécialisé dans l'étude des principes démocratiques qui régissent les institutions politiques.
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1997). Electoral formulas : A macroscopic perspective. European Journal of Political Research, 32, 107-129.
MASSICOTTE, L. & BLAIS, A. (1999). Mixed electoral systems. A conceptual and empirical survey. Electoral Studies, 18 (3), 341-366.
MASSICOTTE, L. (2000). Le pouvoir exécutif : La monarchie et le conseil des ministres. In M. Tremblay, M.R. Pelletier et R. Pelletier (Dirs.), Le système parlementaire canadien (p. 265-296). Québec : Presses de l'Université Laval.
MASSICOTTE, L. (2001). Legislative unicameralism : A global survey and a few case studies. Journal of Legislative Studies, 7(1), 151-170.
MASSICOTTE, L., BLAIS, A. & YOSHINAKA, A. (2004). Establishing the rules of the game. Election laws in democracies. Toronto : University of Toronto Press.
Massoud Sami Gabriel (1962-) : Politologue, historien et professeur de science politique au Collège Ahuntsic. Il se spécialise dans l'étude de la civilisation mamluk.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2003). Al-Maqrizi as a historian of the reign of Barquq. Mamluk Studies Review, 7 (2), 119-136.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2006). Notes on the contemporary sources of the year 793. Mamluk Studies Review, 9 (1), 163-206.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2007). The chronicles and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk circassian period. Herndon, VA : Brill Academic Publishers. [PDF]
MASSOUD, S.G. (2009). Ibn Qadi Shuhbah's Al-Dhayl, Al-Mutawwhal : The making of an all Mamluk chronicle. Quaderni di Studi Arabi, 4, 61-79.
MASSOUD, S.G. (2010). "al-'Ayn ?". In G. Dunphy (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the medieval chronicle (pp. 137-138). Leiden : Brill.
LEWICKA, P. (2009). Sami G. Massoud, The chronicles and annalistic sources of the early Mamluk Circassian : a review. Chicago : Middle East Documentation Center, The University of Chicago. [PDF]
Masten Ann S. ( ) : Psychologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du développement, notamment au stress et à la résilience. Elle s'intéresse également à l'humour chez les enfants. Collaboratrice de Garmezy et Tellegen.
MASTEN, A., BEST, K. & GARMEZY, N. (1990). Resilience and development : Contributions from the study of children who overcome adversity. Development & Psychopathology, 2, 425-444.
MASTEN, A.S. & OBRADOVIC, J. (2006). Competence and resilience in development. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1094, 13-27. [PDF]
MASTEN, A.S. (2009). Ordinary magic : Lessons from research on resilience in human development. Education Canada, 49 (3), 28-32.
MASTEN, A.S. (2012). Risk and resilience in the educational success of homeless and highly mobile children : Introduction to the special section. Educational Researcher, 41, 363-365.
MASTEN, A.S. (2019). Resilience from a developmental systems perspective. World Psychiatry, 18 (1), 101-102. [PDF]
Masters William Howell (Cleveland 1915-2001 Tucson Arizona) : Medecin gynécologue et pionnier de l'étude de la sexualité en laboratoire. Avec Johnson, il a décrit la réponse sexuelle et développé des thérapies pour guérir les troubles sexuelles. Collaborateur de Johnson.